US20120329711A1 - Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus - Google Patents

Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20120329711A1
US20120329711A1 US13/516,311 US201013516311A US2012329711A1 US 20120329711 A1 US20120329711 A1 US 20120329711A1 US 201013516311 A US201013516311 A US 201013516311A US 2012329711 A1 US2012329711 A1 US 2012329711A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
chem
glp
peptide
derivative
ester
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/516,311
Inventor
Janos Tibor Kodra
Johnny Madsen
Patrick William Garibay
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nordisk AS
Novo Nordisk AS
Original Assignee
Nordisk AS
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nordisk AS filed Critical Nordisk AS
Priority to US13/516,311 priority Critical patent/US20120329711A1/en
Assigned to NOVO NORDISK A/S reassignment NOVO NORDISK A/S ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KODRA, JANOS TIBOR, MADSEN, JOHNNY, GARIBAY, PATRICK WILLIAM
Publication of US20120329711A1 publication Critical patent/US20120329711A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/575Hormones
    • C07K14/65Insulin-like growth factors, i.e. somatomedins, e.g. IGF-1, IGF-2
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/22Hormones
    • A61K38/26Glucagons
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/542Carboxylic acids, e.g. a fatty acid or an amino acid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/56Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
    • A61K47/59Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyureas or polyurethanes
    • A61K47/60Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyureas or polyurethanes the organic macromolecular compound being a polyoxyalkylene oligomer, polymer or dendrimer, e.g. PEG, PPG, PEO or polyglycerol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/14Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • A61P5/50Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones for increasing or potentiating the activity of insulin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/575Hormones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/575Hormones
    • C07K14/605Glucagons
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/575Hormones
    • G01N2333/605Glucagons

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to analogues and derivatives of GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides, and their pharmaceutical use.
  • GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention such as Glucagon-Like Peptide-1 (GLP-1), exendins and analogues thereof, the two N-terminal amino acids have been replaced by N-terminal mimetics.
  • WO 2004/067548 A2 relates to chemically modified metabolites of regulatory peptides and methods of producing and using same.
  • Liraglutide a GLP-1 derivative for once daily administration which is marketed by Novo Nordisk A/S, is disclosed in Example 37 of WO 98/08871.
  • Semaglutide a GLP-1 derivative for once weekly administration which is under development by Novo Nordisk A/S, is disclosed in Example 4 of WO 06/097537.
  • the invention relates to GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds comprising a modified N-terminus.
  • Preferred compounds have the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the N-terminus; and Y—Z represents a group mimicking the N-terminus of the peptide.
  • the new N-terminal is preferably a His-Ala, a His-Gly, and/or a His-Ser mimetic.
  • the invention relates to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide having the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues; Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
  • R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or R1 and R2 together form (ii) cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and Y represents a group of formula Chem. 4:
  • X 1 is N, O, or S
  • X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 independently represent C, or N, with the proviso that at least one of X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 is C
  • R11, R12, R13, and R14 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl
  • Q represents a bond, or a group of formula
  • q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; and R represents hydrogen, or alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • the invention also relates to a derivative of this peptide, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • the invention also relates to the pharmaceutical use of these compounds, preferably for the treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving ⁇ -cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
  • diabetes and related diseases such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome
  • lipid parameters improving ⁇ -cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
  • the invention relates to intermediate products corresponding to the new N-terminus, as well as to the peptide fragments, i.e. before attachment of the new N-terminus, both relevant for the preparation of the peptides of the invention.
  • the peptides and derivatives of the invention are biologically active, preferably of a high potency. Also, or alternatively, they have a protracted pharmacokinetic profile. Also, or alternatively, they are stable against degradation by gastro intestinal enzymes. Also, or alternatively, they have a high oral bioavailability. These properties are of importance in the development of next generation GLP-1 compounds for subcutaneous, intravenous, and/or in particular oral administration.
  • the invention relates to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide having the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues; Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
  • R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or R1 and R2 together form (ii) cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and Y represents a group of formula Chem. 4:
  • X 1 is N, O, or S
  • X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 independently represent C, or N, with the proviso that at least one of X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 is C
  • R11, R12, R13, and R14 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl
  • Q represents a bond, or a group of formula
  • q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; and R represents hydrogen, or alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • R1 and R2 do not both represent hydrogen, and the invention accordingly relates to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide having the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues; Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
  • R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or R1 and R2 together form (ii) cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl, with the proviso that (iii) R1 and R2 do not both represent hydrogen; and Y represents a group of formula Chem. 4:
  • X 1 is N, O, or S
  • X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 independently represent C, or N, with the proviso that at least one of X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 is C
  • R11, R12, R13, and R14 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl
  • Q represents a bond, or a group of formula
  • q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; and R represents hydrogen, or alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • R1 and R2 may both represent hydrogen, and Q-NR—* is not attached to a nitrogen atom of Chem. 4.
  • R1 and R2 may both represent hydrogen, and Q-NR—* is attached to a carbon atom of Chem. 4.
  • the invention also relates to a derivative of each of these peptides, and to pharmaceutically acceptable salts, amides, or esters thereof.
  • the invention also relates to the pharmaceutical use of these compounds, preferably for the treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving ⁇ -cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
  • diabetes and related diseases such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome
  • lipid parameters improving ⁇ -cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
  • the invention relates to intermediate products corresponding to the new N-terminus, as well as to the peptide fragments, i.e. before attachment of the new N-terminus, both relevant for the preparation of the peptides of the invention.
  • An asterisk (*) in a chemical formula designates i) a point of attachment, ii) a radical, and/or iii) an unshared electron.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds of the invention may be derived, or are derivable, from human GLP-1(7-37), exendin-4(1-39), and/or GLP-1A(1-37).
  • the amino acid sequences of these peptides may be found in the UniProt Knowledgebase (UniProtKB)—SwissProt section (www.uniprot.org) with the following accession numbers, sequence identifiers, and sequence names: UNIPROT:P01275 — 8, GLUC_HUMAN, Glucagon-like peptide 1(7-37); UNIPROT:P26349 — 3, EXE4_HELSU, Exendin-4, or exenatide; and UNIPROT:042143 — 5, GLUC1_XENLA, Glucagon-like peptide 1A; respectively.
  • sequences of the corresponding fragments lacking the two N-terminal amino acids are included in the appended sequence listing as SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 2, and SEQ ID NO: 3, respectively.
  • GLP-1 receptor agonist fragment from which the compounds of the invention may be derived, or are derivable, is the peptide designated exendin-3(3-39) which is the D3 analogue of SEQ ID NO: 2, i.e. identical to SEQ ID NO: 2 except for having aspartic acid (D, Asp) at position 3, the first amino acid residue.
  • GLP-1 receptor The sequence of the GLP-1 receptor may be found in the UniprotKB database referred to above with the following accession number, identifier, and name: UNIPROT:P43220, GLP1R_HUMAN, Glucagon-like peptide 1 receptor, GLP-1 receptor, GLP-1-R, or GLP-1R.
  • GLP-1 receptor agonist refers to a compound which is an agonist of the human GLP-1 receptor, i.e. a compound that stimulates the formation of cAMP in a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor.
  • GLP-1 receptor agonism, or potency is determined as described below, in the section headed “Potency”, see also Example 13 herein.
  • peptide refers to a compound which comprises a series of amino acids intereconnected by amide (or peptide) bonds.
  • the peptide is to a large extent, or predominantly, composed of amino acids interconnected by amide bonds (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or at least 90%, by molar mass). In another particular embodiment the peptide consists of amino acids interconnected by peptide bonds.
  • the peptides of the invention comprise at least five constituent amino acids connected by peptide bonds.
  • the peptide comprises at least 10, preferably at least 15, more preferably at least 20, even more preferably at least 25, or most preferably at least 28 amino acids.
  • the peptide is composed of at least five constituent amino acids, preferably composed of at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, or most preferably composed of at least 28 amino acids.
  • the peptide is a) composed of, or b) consists of, i) 29, ii) 30, iii) 31, or iv) 32 amino acids.
  • the peptide is a) composed of, or b) consists of, i) 33, ii) 34, iii) 35, or iv) 36 amino acids.
  • the peptide consists of amino acids interconnected by peptide bonds.
  • Amino acids are molecules containing an amine group and a carboxylic acid group, and, optionally, one or more additional groups, often referred to as a side chain.
  • amino acid includes proteogenic amino acids (encoded by the genetic code, including natural amino acids, and standard amino acids), as well as non-proteogenic (not found in proteins, and/or not coded for in the standard genetic code), and synthetic amino acids.
  • the amino acids may be selected from the group of proteinogenic amino acids, non-proteinogenic amino acids, and/or synthetic amino acids.
  • Non-limiting examples of amino acids which are not encoded by the genetic code are gamma-carboxyglutamate, ornithine, and phosphoserine.
  • Non-limiting examples of synthetic amino acids are the D-isomers of the amino acids such as D-alanine and D-leucine, Aib ( ⁇ -aminoisobutyric acid), ⁇ -alanine, and des-amino-histidine (desH, alternative name imidazopropionic acid, abbreviated Imp).
  • GLP-1 Receptor Agonist Peptides Fragments, Analogues, Residue Numbering, Identity
  • a “GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide” is a peptide as defined above, and also a GLP-1 receptor agonist as defined above.
  • the peptides of the invention are GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides.
  • GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides are the following known compounds: Human GLP-1(7-37), exendin-4(1-39), exendin-3(1-39), and GLP-1A(1-37).
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist compound of the invention may be derived, or is derivable, from any one or more of these known GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides.
  • fragment as it refers to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide means a peptide which is shorter than the peptide referred to.
  • the fragment lacks the two N-terminal amino acids as compared to the corresponding full-length peptide being a GLP-1 receptor agonist.
  • this particular fragment is not in itself a GLP-1 receptor agonist, due to a i) substantial, ii) preferably almost complete, or iii) more preferably for all practical purposes complete, loss of biological activity (i.e., GLP-1 receptor agonism).
  • P fragments of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues
  • GLP-1(9-37), exendin-4(3-39), and GLP-1A(3-37) are the following: GLP-1(9-37), exendin-4(3-39), and GLP-1A(3-37), which are included in the appended sequence listing as SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 2, and SEQ ID NO: 3, respectively.
  • Another example of P is exendin-3(3-39) which is variant D3 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • any reference herein to an amino acid residue number or a position number in the context of the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3 or analogues thereof is to the sequence starting with Glu at position 9, Glu at position 3, or Asp at position 3, respectively; and ending with Gly at position 37, Ser at position 39, or Ser at pos. 37, respectively.
  • P is analogues of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 2, and/or SEQ ID NO: 3.
  • an “analogue” as used herein in the context of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3 refers to a peptide, or a compound, which is a variant of any one or more of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3.
  • the analogue of SEQ ID NO: 1 refers to a modification of SEQ ID NO: 1 in which a number of amino acid residues have been exchanged as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • These exchanges, or modifications may represent, independently, one or more amino acid substitutions, additions, and/or deletions. Additions at the N-terminus are, however, preferably excluded.
  • Analogues of SEQ ID NO: 2, and SEQ ID NO: 3 are defined similarly, by analogy to the definition of analogues of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • Analogues may be described by reference to a reference sequence, the number of the amino acid residue in the reference sequence corresponding to the one which is modified, i.e., its position, and to the actual modification.
  • the reference sequence is i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1); ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2); or iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • GLP-1(9-37) peptide is a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention derivable from GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), i.e. P in Chem. 1 is an analogue of SEQ ID NO: 1, viz. the analogue in which the serine at position 18 has been substituted with lysine, the glycine at position 22 has been substituted with glutamic acid, and the lysine at position 34 has been substituted with glutamine;
  • N 9 - ⁇ 2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)propylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl ⁇ -[Glu 30 ,Lys 36 ]GLP-1(9-37)Glu 38 -peptide is a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention derivable from GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), i.e. P in Chem. 1 is an analogue of SEQ ID NO: 1, viz. the analogue in which the alanine at position 30 has been substituted with glutamic acid, the arginine at position 36 has been substituted with lysine, and a glutamic acid has been added at the C-terminus, viz. at position 38; and
  • GLP-1A(3-37)-peptide is a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention derivable from GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), i.e. P in Chem. 1 is an analogue of SEQ ID NO: 3, viz. the analogue in which the lysines at position 17, 20, and 33 have been substituted with arginine, and a lysine has been added at the C-terminus, viz. at position 38.
  • This peptide by the way, is also derivable from SEQ ID NO: 1, and it can therefore also be designated as analogue (17T, 18Q, 19Q, 21D, 22E, 23R, 26R, 30D, 33I, 34N, 36G, 37P, 38S, 39R, 40E, 41I, 42I, 43S, 44K) of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), having ⁇ 2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl ⁇ - attached to the N-terminus, N 9 .
  • a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention which “comprises at least one of the following substitutions as compared to GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1): 18K; 22E; 30E; 31H; 34Q,R; 36K; 37K; and/or 38E” refers to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide in which P of Chem.
  • SEQ ID NO: 1 is considered an analogue of SEQ ID NO: 1, which analogue has a lysine at position 18, a glutamic acid at position 22, a glutamic acid at position 30, a histidine at position 31, a glutamine at position 34, a lysine at position 36, a lysine at position 37, and/or a glutamic acid at position 38, and which analogue may comprise further modifications as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • amino acid residues may be identified by their full name, their one-letter code, and/or their three-letter code. These three ways are fully equivalent.
  • a position equivalent to or “corresponding position” may be used to characterise the site of modification in a modified GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide sequence by reference to any one or more of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3. Equivalent or corresponding positions, as well as the number of modifications, are easily deduced, e.g. by simple handwriting and eyeballing; and/or a standard protein or peptide alignment program may be used, such as “align” which is a Needleman-Wunsch alignment. The algorithm is described in Needleman, S. B. and Wunsch, C. D., (1970), Journal of Molecular Biology, 48: 443-453, and the align program by Myers and W.
  • the default scoring matrix BLOSUM50 and the default identity matrix may be used, and the penalty for the first residue in a gap may be set at ⁇ 12, or preferably at ⁇ 10, and the penalties for additional residues in a gap at ⁇ 2, or preferably at ⁇ 0.5.
  • This algorithm may also suitably be used for determining the degree of identity of the P-group of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention to each of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, and 3, e.g. with a view to determining which of these three sequences has the highest percentage of identity to the P-group in question, and thus for determining the number of amino acid residues that have been exchanged as compared to the closest related sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 1-3 (the one with the highest percentage of identity). If the percentages of identity of a given P group of a GLP-1 receptor agonist of the invention to SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, and 3, respectively, should happen to be the same, any of those having the same highest percentage of identity may be used for the determination.
  • An example of such alignment is inserted hereinbelow, in which sequence no. 1 is SEQ ID NO: 1, and sequence no. 2 is SEQ ID NO: 3:
  • analogues comprising non-natural amino acids such as Imp, and/or Aib being included in the sequence, these may, for alignment purposes, be replaced with X. If desired, X can later be manually corrected.
  • derivative as used herein in the context of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention means a chemically modified peptide or analogue, in which one or more substituents have been covalently attached to the peptide.
  • the substituent(s) may also be referred to as side chain(s).
  • the derivative of the invention has one side chain. In another particular embodiment it has two side chains.
  • the group Y—Z— of formula I is preferably not considered a substituent/side chain.
  • the side chain has at least 10 carbon atoms, or at least 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or at least 43 carbon atoms.
  • the side chain may further include at least 5 hetero atoms, in particular O and N, for example at least 7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 17, or at least 20 hetero atoms, such as at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 N-atoms, and/or at least 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 13, or 15 O-atoms.
  • GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives include heterologous fusion proteins or conjugates of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention, with e.g. the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin such as IgG, with human albumin, with antibodies such as a glucagon binding antibody heavy chain variable region, or with fragments or analogues of any of these (see, e.g., US 2007/0161087, WO 2005/058958, and WO 2007/124463 A2).
  • PEGylated peptides see, e.g., WO 2005/058954, WO 2004/093823, and WO 2006/124529
  • acylated peptides see, e.g., WO 98/08871, WO2005/027978, WO 2006/097537, and WO 2009/030771).
  • the side chain is capable of forming non-covalent aggregates with albumin, thereby promoting the circulation of the derivative with the blood stream, and also having the effect of protracting the time of action of the derivative, due to the fact that the aggregate of the derivative and albumin is only slowly disintegrated to release the active pharmaceutical ingredient.
  • a preferred substituent, or side chain, as a whole may be referred to as an albumin binding moiety.
  • the albumin binding moiety comprises a portion which is particularly relevant for the albumin binding and thereby the protraction, which portion may accordingly be referred to as a protracting moiety.
  • the protracting moiety may be at, or near, the opposite end of the albumin binding moiety, relative to its point of attachment to the peptide.
  • the albumin binding moiety comprises a portion in-between the protracting moiety and the point of attachment to the peptide, which portion may be referred to as a linker, linker moiety, spacer, or the like.
  • a linker is optional; hence if no linker is present the albumin binding moiety may be identical to the protracting moiety.
  • the albumin binding moiety and/or the protracting moiety is lipophilic, and/or negatively charged at physiological pH (7.4).
  • the albumin binding moiety, the protracting moiety, or the linker may be covalently attached to a lysine residue of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide by conjugation chemistry such as by alkylation, acylation, ester formation, or amide formation; or to a cysteine residue, such as by maleimide or haloacetamide (such as bromo-/fluoro-/iodo-) coupling.
  • conjugation chemistry such as by alkylation, acylation, ester formation, or amide formation
  • cysteine residue such as by maleimide or haloacetamide (such as bromo-/fluoro-/iodo-) coupling.
  • an active ester of the albumin binding moiety and/or the protracting moiety is covalently linked to an amino group of a lysine residue, preferably the epsilon amino group thereof, under formation of an amide bond (this process being referred to as acylation).
  • the invention relates to a derivative of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide which comprises, preferably has, an albumin binding moiety attached to one or more of 18K, 26K, 36K, and/or 37K, wherein reference may be had to the sequence of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1).
  • each residue number refers to the corresponding position in GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1).
  • ordinary script may be used instead of superscript to designate the position number. E.g., “K 18 ” is fully equivalent to “18K”.
  • Corresponding position numbers are preferably identified by handwriting and eyeballing, or by using a suitable alignment program, as explained above.
  • albumin binding moiety include the un-reacted as well as the reacted forms of these molecules. Whether or not one or the other form is meant is clear from the context in which the term is used.
  • albumin binding moiety comprises, or consists of, a protracting moiety selected from
  • x is an integer in the range of 6-18
  • y is an integer in the range of 3-17
  • z is an integer in the range of 1-5
  • R 18 is a group having a molar mass not higher than 150 Da.
  • *—(CH 2 ) x —* refers to straight or branched, preferably straight, alkylene in which x is an integer in the range of 6-18.
  • *—(CH 2 ) y —* refers to straight or branched, preferably straight, alkylene in which y is an integer in the range of 3-17.
  • *—(CH 2 ) z —* refers to straight or branched, preferably straight, alkylene in which z is an integer in the range of 1-5.
  • the molar mass (M) of a chemical substance is the mass of one mole of the substance.
  • Molar mass may be calculated from standard atomic weights, and is often listed in chemical catalogues.
  • the molar mass of a compound is given by the sum of the standard atomic weights of the atoms which form the compound multiplied by the molar mass constant, M u which equals 1 g/mol.
  • M u which equals 1 g/mol.
  • the acid group of the fatty acid, or one of the acid groups of the fatty diacid forms an amide bond with the epsilon amino group of a lysine residue in the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide.
  • fatty acid refers to aliphatic monocarboxylic acids having from 4 to 28 carbon atoms, it is preferably unbranched, and/or even numbered, and it may be saturated or unsaturated.
  • fatty diacid refers to fatty acids as defined above but with an additional carboxylic acid group in the omega position.
  • fatty diacids are dicarboxylic acids.
  • the aromatics such as the phenoxy and the phenylene radicals, may be, independently, ortho, meta, or para.
  • the linker moiety if present, has from 5 to 30 C-atoms. In additional preferred embodiments, the linker moiety, if present, has from 4 to 20 hetero atoms. H-atoms are not hetero atoms.
  • the linker comprises at least one OEG molecule, at least one glutamic acid residue, and/or at least one piperidine molecule, optionally substituted, or rather the corresponding radicals
  • OEG designates 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanic acid, i.e. this di-radical: *—NH—(CH 2 ) 2 —O—(CH 2 ) 2 —O—CH 2 —CO—*).
  • the amino acid glutamic acid comprises two carboxylic acid groups. Its gamma-carboxy group is preferably used for forming an amide bond with the epsilon-amino group of lysine, or with an amino group of an OEG molecule, if present, or with the amino group of another Glu residue, if present.
  • the amino group of Glu in turn forms an amide bond with the carboxy group of the protracting moiety, or with the carboxy group of an OEG molecule, if present, or with the gamma-carboxy group of another Glu, if present. This way of inclusion of Glu is occasionally briefly referred to as “gamma-Glu”.
  • the derivatives of the invention may exist in different stereoisomeric forms having the same molecular formula and sequence of bonded atoms, but differing only in the three-dimensional orientation of their atoms in space.
  • the stereoisomerism of the exemplified derivatives of the invention is indicated in the experimental section, in the names as well as the structures, using standard nomenclature. Unless otherwise stated the invention relates to all stereoisomeric forms of the claimed derivative.
  • the concentration in plasma of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides and derivatives of the invention may be determined using any suitable method.
  • LC-MS Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectroscopy
  • immunoassays such as RIA (Radio Immuno Assay), ELISA (Enzyme-Linked Immuno Sorbent Assay), and LOCI (Luminescence Oxygen Channeling Immunoasssay).
  • RIA Radio Immuno Assay
  • ELISA Enzyme-Linked Immuno Sorbent Assay
  • LOCI Luminescence Oxygen Channeling Immunoasssay
  • a preferred assay is the LOCI assay in which the plasma concentrations of the compounds are determined using a Luminescence Oxygen Channeling Immunoasssay (LOCI), generally as described for the determination of insulin by Poulsen and Jensen in Journal of Biomolecular Screening 2007, vol. 12, p. 240-247.
  • the donor beads are coated with streptavidin, while acceptor beads are conjugated with a monoclonal antibody recognising a mid-/C-terminal epitope of the peptide.
  • Another monoclonal antibody, specific for the N-terminus is biotinylated.
  • the three reactants are combined with the analyte and form a two-sited immuno-complex. Illumination of the complex releases singlet oxygen atoms from the donor beads, which are channeled into the acceptor beads and trigger chemiluminescence which is measured in an Envision plate reader. The amount of light is proportional to the concentration of the compound.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides, derivatives, and intermediate products of the invention may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester.
  • Salts are e.g. formed by a chemical reaction between a base and an acid, e.g.: NH 3 +H 2 SO 4 ⁇ (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 .
  • the salt may be a basic salt, an acid salt, or it may be neither nor (i.e. a neutral salt).
  • Basic salts produce hydroxide ions and acid salts hydronium ions in water.
  • the salts of the peptides and derivatives of the invention may be formed with added cations or anions that react with anionic or cationic groups, respectively. These groups may be situated in the peptide moiety, and/or in the side chain of the compounds of the invention.
  • Non-limiting examples of anionic groups of the compounds of the invention include free carboxylic groups in the side chain, if any, as well as in the peptide moiety.
  • the peptide moiety often includes a free carboxylic acid group at the C-terminus, and it may also include free carboxylic groups at internal acid amino acid residues such as Asp and Glu.
  • Non-limiting examples of cationic groups in the peptide moiety include the free amino group at the N-terminus, if present, as well as any free amino group of internal basic amino acid residues such as His, Arg, and Lys.
  • ester of the peptides and derivatives of the invention may, e.g., be formed by the reaction of a free carboxylic acid group with an alcohol or a phenol, which leads to replacement of at least one hydroxyl group by an alkoxy or aryloxy group
  • the ester formation may involve the free carboxylic group at the C-terminus of the peptide, and/or any free carboxylic group in the side chain.
  • the amide of the peptides and derivatives of the invention may, e.g., be formed by the reaction of a free carboxylic acid group with an amine or a substituted amine, or by reaction of a free or substituted amino group with a carboxylic acid.
  • the amide formation may involve the free carboxylic group at the C-terminus of the peptide, any free carboxylic group in the side chain, the free amino group at the N-terminus of the peptide, and/or any free or substituted amino group of the peptide in the peptide and/or the side chain.
  • the peptide or derivative is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the peptide or derivative is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable amide, preferably with an amide group at the C-terminus of the peptide.
  • the peptide or derivative is in the form a pharmaceutically acceptable ester.
  • the invention also relates to an intermediate product of the formula Chem. 50 or Chem. 51:
  • Q, R, R1, and R2 are as defined for the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention, having the formula Chem. 1, and each of PG 1 and PG 2 represents a protection group.
  • Non-limiting examples of PG1 groups are Boc, Trt, Mtt, Mmt, and Fmoc.
  • Non-limiting examples of PG2 groups are —OH, or groups functionalised as an activated ester, for example, without limitation, OPfp, OPnp, and OSuc.
  • activated esters may be selected, e.g., according to the teaching of M. Bodanszky, “Principles of Peptide Synthesis”, 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, 1993.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides and/or derivatives of the invention have a good potency. Also, or alternatively, in a second functional aspect, they have a protracted pharmacokinetic profile. Also, or alternatively, in a third functional aspect, they are stable against degradation by gastro intestinal enzymes. Also, or alternatively, in a fourth functional aspect, they have a high oral bioavailability.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives are biologically active, or have a good potency.
  • the derivatives of the invention have a high binding affinity to the GLP-1 receptor at low albumin concentration (0.005%), i.e. a low IC 50 value, which is discussed further below under the heading of receptor binding.
  • EC 50 half maximal effective concentration
  • concentration which induces a response halfway between the baseline and maximum by reference to the dose response curve.
  • EC 50 is used as a measure of the potency of a compound and represents the concentration where 50% of its maximal effect is observed.
  • the in vitro potency of the derivatives of the invention may be determined as described hereinbelow, and the EC 50 of the derivative in question determined. The lower the EC 50 , the better the potency.
  • the derivatives of the invention are at least 3 times more potent than Chem. 40; preferably at least 4 times more potent; even more preferably at least 5 times more potent; or most preferably at least 6 times more potent than Chem. 40.
  • the derivatives of the invention are at least 7 times more potent than Chem. 40; preferably at least 8 times more potent; even more preferably at least 9 times more potent; or most preferably at least 10 times more potent than Chem. 40.
  • the derivatives of the invention are at least 20 times more potent than Chem. 40; preferably at least 50 times more potent; even more preferably at least 100 times more potent; still more preferably at least 200 times more potent; or most preferably at least 400 times more potent than Chem. 40.
  • Potency is preferably determined as described below, and it is noted that a, e.g., three times more potent compound has an EC 50 which is three times lower.
  • potency and/or activity refers to in vitro potency, i.e. performance in a functional GLP-1 receptor assay, more in particular to the capability of stimulating cAMP formation in a cell line expressing the cloned human GLP-1 receptor.
  • the stimulation of the formation of cAMP in a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor may preferably be determined using a stable transfected cell-line such as BHK467-12A (tk-ts13), and/or using for the determination of cAMP a functional receptor assay, e.g. based on competition between endogenously formed cAMP and exogenously added biotin-labelled cAMP, in which assay cAMP is more preferably captured using a specific antibody, and/or wherein an even more preferred assay is the AlphaScreen cAMP Assay, most preferably the one described in Example 13.
  • a stable transfected cell-line such as BHK467-12A (tk-ts13)
  • a functional receptor assay e.g. based on competition between endogenously formed cAMP and exogenously added biotin-labelled cAMP, in which assay cAMP is more preferably captured using a specific antibody, and/or wherein an even more preferred assay is the AlphaScreen c
  • the medium has the following composition (final in-assay concentrations):): 50 mM TRIS-HCl; 5 mM HEPES; 10 mM MgCl 2 , 6H 2 O; 150 mM NaCl; 0.01% Tween; 0.1% BSA; 0.5 mM IBMX; 1 mM ATP; 1 uM GTP; pH 7.4.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist has anEC 50 below 2000 pM, preferably below 1800 pM, more preferably below 1700 pM, even more preferably below 1600 pM, or most preferably below 1500 pM.
  • the derivatives of the invention are potent in vivo, which may be determined as is known in the art in any suitable animal model, as well as in clinical trials.
  • the diabetic db/db mouse is one example of a suitable animal model, and the blood glucose lowering effect may be determined in such mice in vivo, e.g. as described in Example 43 of WO09/030,738.
  • the derivatives of the invention are protracted.
  • Example 14 A suitable assay for determining receptor binding of the peptides and derivatives of the invention at high and low albumin concentration is disclosed in Example 14 herein.
  • the binding to the GLP-1 receptor at low albumin concentration should be as good as possible, corresponding to a low IC 50 value.
  • the IC 50 value at high albumin concentration is a measure of the influence of albumin on the binding of the compound to the GLP-1 receptor.
  • the peptides GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide derivatives of the invention also bind to albumin. This is a generally desirable effect, which extends their lifetime in plasma. Therefore, the IC 50 value at high albumin will generally be higher than the IC 50 value at low albumin, corresponding to a reduced binding to the GLP-1 receptor, caused by albumin binding competing with the binding to the GLP-1 receptor.
  • a high ratio (IC 50 value (high albumin)/IC 50 value (low albumin)) may therefore be taken as an indication that the derivative in question binds well to albumin (may have a long half-life), and also per se binds well to the GLP-1 receptor (the IC 50 value (high albumin) is high, and the IC 50 value (low albumin) is low).
  • albumin binding may not always be desirable, or the binding to albumin may become too strong. Therefore, the desirable ranges for IC 50 (low albumin), IC 50 (high albumin)/, and the ratio high/low may vary from compound to compound, depending on the intended use and the circumstances surrounding such use, and on other compound properties of potential interest.
  • the peptides and derivatives of the invention have a high binding affinity to the GLP-1 receptor at low albumin concentration (0.005%), i.e. a low IC 50 value.
  • the GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC 50 ) in the presence of 0.005% HSA (low albumin) is below 600.00 nM, preferably below 500.00 nM, more preferably below 200.00 nM, even more preferably below 100.00 nM, or most preferably below 45.00 nM.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides and/or derivatives of the invention are stable, or stabilised, against degradation by one or more gastro intestinal enzymes.
  • Gastro intestinal enzymes include, without limitation, exo and endo peptidases, such as pepsin, trypsin, chymotrypsin, elastases, and carboxypeptidases.
  • exo and endo peptidases such as pepsin, trypsin, chymotrypsin, elastases, and carboxypeptidases.
  • the stability may be tested against these gastro intestinal enzymes in the form of purified enzymes, or in the form of extracts from the gastrointestinal system.
  • the derivative of the invention has an in vitro half-life (T 1/2 ), in an extract of rat small intestines, divided by the corresponding half-life (T 1/2 ) of GLP-1(7-37), of above 1.0, preferably above 2.0, more preferably above 3.0, even more preferably above 4.0, or most preferably above 5.0.
  • a ratio (SI) may be defined for each derivative, viz. as the in vitro half-life (T 1/2 ) of the derivative in question, in an extract of rat small intestines, divided by the corresponding half-life (T 1/2 ) of GLP-1(7-37).
  • the derivatives of the invention are protracted.
  • protraction may be determined as half-life (T 1/2 ) in vivo in rats after i.v. administration.
  • the half-life is at least 4 hours, preferably at least 5 hours, even more preferably at least 6 hours, or most preferably at least 8 hours.
  • the derivatives of the invention are protracted.
  • protraction may be determined as half-life (T 1/2 ) in vivo in minipigs after i.v. administration.
  • the half-life is at least 12 hours, preferably at least 24 hours, more preferably at least 36 hours, even more preferably at least 48 hours, or most preferably at least 60 hours.
  • Example 16 A suitable assay for determining half-life in vivo in minipigs after i.v. administration is disclosed in Example 16 herein.
  • the derivatives of the invention have a high oral bioavailability.
  • the oral bioavailability of commercial GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide derivatives is very low.
  • the oral bioavailability of such derivatives under development for i.v. or s.c. administration is also low.
  • the present inventors identified a novel class of GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide derivatives, which have a high oral bioavailability, and at the same time a satisfactory potency, and/or half-life.
  • these derivatives have a high oral bioavailability, and at the same time a high binding affinity (i.e. a low IC 50 value) to the GLP-1 receptor at a low concentration of albumin.
  • bioavailability of a GLP-1 receptor agonist compound of the invention refers to the fraction of an administered dose of the compound that reaches the systemic circulation unchanged.
  • bioavailability when a medication is administered intravenously, its bioavailability is 100%.
  • a medication is administered via other routes (such as orally), its bioavailability decreases (due to incomplete absorption and first-pass metabolism).
  • Knowledge about bioavailability is essential when calculating dosages for non-intravenous routes of administration.
  • Absolute oral bioavailability compares the bioavailability (estimated as the area under the curve, or AUC) of the active drug in systemic circulation following oral administration, with the bioavailability of the same drug following intravenous administration. It is the fraction of the drug absorbed through non-intravenous administration compared with the corresponding intravenous administration of the same drug. The comparison must be dose normalised if different doses are used; consequently, each AUC is corrected by dividing the corresponding dose administered.
  • a plasma drug concentration vs time plot is made after both oral and intravenous administration.
  • the absolute bioavailability (F) is the dose-corrected AUC-oral divided by AUC-intravenous.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds of the invention have an absolute oral bioavailability which is higher than that of a) liraglutide, and/or b) semaglutide; preferably at least 10% higher, more preferably at least 20% higher, even more preferably at least 30% higher, or most preferably at least 40% higher.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds of the invention may suitably be formulated as is known in the art of oral formulations of insulinotropic compounds, e.g. using any one or more of the formulations described in WO 2008/145728.
  • the fragment P of the peptides of formula I of the invention may for instance be produced by classical peptide synthesis, e.g., solid phase peptide synthesis using t-Boc or Fmoc chemistry or other well established techniques, see, e.g., Greene and Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, Florencio Zaragoza Dörwald, “Organic Synthesis on solid Phase”, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, 2000, and “Fmoc Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis”, Edited by W. C. Chan and P. D. White, Oxford University Press, 2000.
  • a host cell containing a DNA sequence encoding the fragment and capable of expressing the peptide in a suitable nutrient medium under conditions permitting the expression of the peptide.
  • suitable nutrient medium under conditions permitting the expression of the peptide.
  • host cells suitable for expression of these peptides are: Escherichia coli, Saccharomyces cerevisiae , as well as mammalian BHK or CHO cell lines.
  • the complete GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention incorporating, viz. adding Y—Z to P of formula I, may e.g. be produced as described in the experimental part. Or see Hodgson et al: “The synthesis of peptides and proteins containing non-natural amino acids”, Chemical Society Reviews, vol. 33, no. 7 (2004), p. 422-430; and in WO 2009/083549 A1 entitled “Semi-recombinant preparation of GLP-1 analogues”.
  • Derivatives of the invention may be prepared as is known in the art, and specific examples of methods of preparing a number of derivatives of the invention are included in the experimental part herein.
  • compositions comprising a peptide or a derivative of the invention; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may be prepared as is known in the art.
  • excipient broadly refers to any component other than the active therapeutic ingredient(s).
  • the excipient may be an inert substance, an inactive substance, and/or a not medicinally active substance.
  • the excipient may serve various purposes, e.g. as a carrier, vehicle, diluent, tablet aid, and/or to improve administration, and/or absorption of the active substance.
  • Non-limiting examples of excipients are: Solvents, diluents, buffers, preservatives, tonicity regulating agents, chelating agents, and stabilisers.
  • formulations include liquid formulations, i.e. aqueous formulations comprising water.
  • a liquid formulation may be a solution, or a suspension.
  • An aqueous formulation typically comprises at least 50% w/w water, or at least 60%, 70%, 80%, or even at least 90% w/w of water.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may be a solid formulation, e.g. a freeze-dried or spray-dried composition, which may be used as is, or whereto the physician or the patient adds solvents, and/or diluents prior to use.
  • the pH in an aqueous formulation may be anything between pH 3 and pH 10, for example from about 7.0 to about 9.5; or from about 3.0 to about 7.0.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise a buffer.
  • the buffer may e.g. be selected from the group consisting of sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, citrate, glycylglycine, histidine, glycine, lysine, arginine, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, and tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethan, bicine, tricine, malic acid, succinate, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, aspartic acid, and mixtures thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise a preservative.
  • the preservative may e.g.
  • phenol o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenoxyethanol, butyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenylethanol, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, and thiomerosal, bronopol, benzoic acid, imidurea, chlorohexidine, sodium dehydroacetate, chlorocresol, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate, benzethonium chloride, chlorphenesine (3p-chlorphenoxypropane-1,2-diol), and mixtures thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise an isotonic agent.
  • the isotonic agent may e.g. be selected from the group consisting of a salt (e.g. sodium chloride), a sugar or sugar alcohol, an amino acid (e.g. glycine, histidine, arginine, lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine), an alditol (e.g.
  • glycerol glycerine
  • 1,2-propanediol propyleneglycol
  • 1,3-propanediol 1,3-butanediol
  • polyethyleneglycol e.g. PEG400
  • Any sugar such as mono-, di-, or polysaccharides, or water-soluble glucans, including for example fructose, glucose, mannose, sorbose, xylose, maltose, lactose, sucrose, trehalose, dextran, pullulan, dextrin, cyclodextrin, alfa and beta HPCD, soluble starch, hydroxyethyl starch and carboxymethylcellulose-Na may be used.
  • Sugar alcohol is defined as a C4-C8 hydrocarbon having at least one —OH group and includes, for example, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, galactitol, dulcitol, xylitol, and arabitol.
  • the sugar alcohol additive is mannitol.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise a chelating agent.
  • the chelating agent may e.g. be selected from salts of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid, and aspartic acid, and mixtures thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise a stabiliser.
  • the stabiliser may e.g. be one or more oxidation inhibitors, aggregation inhibitors, surfactants, and/or one or more protease inhibitors. Non-limiting examples of these various kinds of stabilisers are disclosed in the following.
  • aggregate formation refers to a physical interaction between the peptide molecules resulting in formation of oligomers, which may remain soluble, or large visible aggregates that precipitate from the solution. Aggregate formation by a peptide during storage of a liquid pharmaceutical composition can adversely affect biological activity of that polypeptide, resulting in loss of therapeutic efficacy of the pharmaceutical composition. Furthermore, aggregate formation may cause other problems such as blockage of tubing, membranes, or pumps when the polypeptide-containing pharmaceutical composition is administered using an infusion system.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise an amount of an amino acid base sufficient to decrease aggregate formation of the polypeptide during storage of the composition.
  • amino acid base refers to one or more amino acids (such as methionine, histidine, imidazole, arginine, lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine), or analogues thereof. Any amino acid may be present either in its free base form or in its salt form. Any stereoisomer (i.e., L, D, or a mixture thereof) of the amino acid base may be present.
  • Methionine (or other sulphuric amino acids or amino acid analogous) may be added to inhibit oxidation of methionine residues to methionine sulfoxide when the polypeptide acting as the therapeutic agent is a polypeptide comprising at least one methionine residue susceptible to such oxidation. Any stereoisomer of methionine (L or D) or combinations thereof can be used.
  • a the pharmaceutical composition may comprise a stabiliser selected from the group of high molecular weight polymers or low molecular compounds.
  • the stabiliser may e.g. be selected from polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 3350), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyvinylpyrrolidone, carboxy-/hydroxycellulose or derivates thereof (e.g. HPC, HPC-SL, HPC-L and HPMC), cyclodextrins, sulphur-containing substances as monothioglycerol, thioglycolic acid and 2-methylthioethanol, and different salts (e.g. sodium chloride).
  • PEG 3350 polyethylene glycol
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • PVpyrrolidone polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • carboxy-/hydroxycellulose or derivates thereof e.g. HPC, HPC-SL, HPC-L and HPMC
  • cyclodextrins e.g. sulphur-containing substances as mono
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise additional stabilising agents such as, but not limited to, methionine and EDTA, which protect the polypeptide against methionine oxidation, and a nonionic surfactant, which protects the polypeptide against aggregation associated with freeze-thawing or mechanical shearing.
  • additional stabilising agents such as, but not limited to, methionine and EDTA, which protect the polypeptide against methionine oxidation, and a nonionic surfactant, which protects the polypeptide against aggregation associated with freeze-thawing or mechanical shearing.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more surfactants, preferably a surfactant, at least one surfactant, or two different surfactants.
  • surfactant refers to any molecules or ions that are comprised of a water-soluble (hydrophilic) part, and a fat-soluble (lipophilic) part.
  • the surfactant may e.g. be selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, and/or zwitterionic surfactants.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more protease inhibitors, such as, e.g., EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid), and/or benzamidineHCl.
  • protease inhibitors such as, e.g., EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid), and/or benzamidineHCl.
  • ingredients of a pharmaceutical composition include, e.g., wetting agents, emulsifiers, antioxidants, bulking agents, metal ions, oily vehicles, proteins (e.g., human serum albumin, gelatine), and/or a zwitterion (e.g., an amino acid such as betaine, taurine, arginine, glycine, lysine and histidine).
  • a zwitterion e.g., an amino acid such as betaine, taurine, arginine, glycine, lysine and histidine.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may be formulated as is known in the art of oral formulations of insulinotropic compounds, e.g. using any one or more of the formulations described in WO 2008/145728.
  • An administered dose may contain from 0.01 mg-100 mg of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivative, or from 0.01-50 mg, or from 0.01-20 mg, or from 0.01-10 mg of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivative.
  • the derivative may be administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. It may be administered to a patient in need thereof at several sites, for example, at topical sites such as skin or mucosal sites; at sites which bypass absorption such as in an artery, in a vein, or in the heart; and at sites which involve absorption, such as in the skin, under the skin, in a muscle, or in the abdomen.
  • topical sites such as skin or mucosal sites
  • at sites which bypass absorption such as in an artery, in a vein, or in the heart
  • sites which involve absorption such as in the skin, under the skin, in a muscle, or in the abdomen.
  • the route of administration may be, for example, lingual; sublingual; buccal; in the mouth; oral; in the stomach; in the intestine; nasal; pulmonary, such as through the bronchioles, the alveoli, or a combination thereof; parenteral, epidermal; dermal; transdermal; conjunctival; uretal; vaginal; rectal; and/or ocular.
  • a composition may be an oral composition, and the route of administration is per oral.
  • a composition may be administered in several dosage forms, for example as a solution; a suspension; an emulsion; a microemulsion; multiple emulsions; a foam; a salve; a paste; a plaster; an ointment; a tablet; a coated tablet; a chewing gum; a rinse; a capsule such as hard or soft gelatine capsules; a suppositorium; a rectal capsule; drops; a gel; a spray; a powder; an aerosol; an inhalant; eye drops; an ophthalmic ointment; an ophthalmic rinse; a vaginal pessary; a vaginal ring; a vaginal ointment; an injection solution; an in situ transforming solution such as in situ gelling, setting, precipitating, and in situ crystallisation; an infusion solution; or as an implant.
  • a composition may be a tablet, optionally coated, a capsule, or a chewing gum.
  • a composition may further be compounded in a drug carrier or drug delivery system, e.g. in order to improve stability, bioavailability, and/or solubility.
  • a composition may be attached to such system through covalent, hydrophobic, and/or electrostatic interactions.
  • the purpose of such compounding may be, e.g., to decrease adverse effects, achieve chronotherapy, and/or increase patient compliance.
  • a composition may also be used in the formulation of controlled, sustained, protracting, retarded, and/or slow release drug delivery systems.
  • Parenteral administration may be performed by subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or intravenous injection by means of a syringe, optionally a pen-like syringe, or by means of an infusion pump.
  • a composition may be administered nasally in the form of a solution, a suspension, or a powder; or it may be administered pulmonally in the form of a liquid or powder spray.
  • Transdermal administration is a still further option, e.g. by needle-free injection, from a patch such as an iontophoretic patch, or via a transmucosal route, e.g. buccally.
  • a composition may be a stabilised formulation.
  • stabilized formulation refers to a formulation with increased physical and/or chemical stability, preferably both. In general, a formulation must be stable during use and storage (in compliance with recommended use and storage conditions) until the expiration date is reached.
  • the term “physical stability” refers to the tendency of the polypeptide to form biologically inactive and/or insoluble aggregates as a result of exposure to thermo-mechanical stress, and/or interaction with destabilising interfaces and surfaces (such as hydrophobic surfaces).
  • the physical stability of an aqueous polypeptide formulation may be evaluated by means of visual inspection, and/or by turbidity measurements after exposure to mechanical/physical stress (e.g. agitation) at different temperatures for various time periods.
  • the physical stability may be evaluated using a spectroscopic agent or probe of the conformational status of the polypeptide such as e.g. Thioflavin T or “hydrophobic patch” probes.
  • chemical stability refers to chemical (in particular covalent) changes in the polypeptide structure leading to formation of chemical degradation products potentially having a reduced biological potency, and/or increased immunogenic effect as compared to the intact polypeptide.
  • the chemical stability can be evaluated by measuring the amount of chemical degradation products at various time-points after exposure to different environmental conditions, e.g. by SEC-HPLC, and/or RP-HPLC.
  • the treatment with a derivative according to the present invention may also be combined with one or more additional pharmacologically active substances, e.g. selected from antidiabetic agents, antiobesity agents, appetite regulating agents, antihypertensive agents, agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes and agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications and disorders resulting from or associated with obesity.
  • additional pharmacologically active substances e.g. selected from antidiabetic agents, antiobesity agents, appetite regulating agents, antihypertensive agents, agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes and agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications and disorders resulting from or associated with obesity.
  • Examples of these pharmacologically active substances are: Insulin, sulphonylureas, biguanides, meglitinides, glucosidase inhibitors, glucagon antagonists, DPP-IV (dipeptidyl peptidase-IV) inhibitors, inhibitors of hepatic enzymes involved in stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenolysis, glucose uptake modulators, compounds modifying the lipid metabolism such as antihyperlipidemic agents as HMG CoA inhibitors (statins), Gastric Inhibitory Polypeptides (GIP analogs), compounds lowering food intake, RXR agonists and agents acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the ⁇ -cells; Cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol, dextrothyroxine, neteglinide, repaglinide; ⁇ -blockers such as
  • the treatment with a derivative according to this invention may also be combined with a surgery that influences the glucose levels, and/or lipid homeostasis such as gastric banding or gastric bypass.
  • the present invention also relates to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention, and a derivative thereof, for use as a medicament.
  • these compounds may be used for the following medical treatments, all preferably relating one way or the other to diabetes:
  • diabetes prevention and/or treatment of all forms of diabetes, such as hyperglycemia, type 2 diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, type 1 diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes, MODY (maturity onset diabetes of the young), gestational diabetes, and/or for reduction of HbA1C;
  • diabetes such as hyperglycemia, type 2 diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, type 1 diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes, MODY (maturity onset diabetes of the young), gestational diabetes, and/or for reduction of HbA1C;
  • diabetes delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression, such as progression in type 2 diabetes, delaying the progression of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes, and/or delaying the progression of non-insulin requiring type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes;
  • ITT impaired glucose tolerance
  • eating disorders such as obesity, e.g. by decreasing food intake, reducing body weight, suppressing appetite, inducing satiety; treating or preventing binge eating disorder, bulimia nervosa, and/or obesity induced by administration of an antipsychotic or a steroid; reduction of gastric motility; and/or delaying gastric emptying;
  • diabetes prevention and/or treatment of diabetic complications, such as neuropathy, including peripheral neuropathy; nephropathy; or retinopathy;
  • lipid parameters such as prevention and/or treatment of dyslipidemia, lowering total serum lipids; lowering HDL; lowering small, dense LDL; lowering VLDL: lowering triglycerides; lowering cholesterol; increasing HDL; lowering plasma levels of lipoprotein a (Lp(a)) in a human; inhibiting generation of apolipoprotein a (apo(a)) in vitro and/or in vivo;
  • cardiovascular diseases such as syndrome X; atherosclerosis; myocardial infarction; coronary heart disease; stroke, cerebral ischemia; an early cardiac or early cardiovascular disease, such as left ventricular hypertrophy; coronary artery disease; essential hypertension; acute hypertensive emergency; cardiomyopathy; heart insufficiency; exercise tolerance; chronic heart failure; arrhythmia; cardiac dysrhythmia; syncopy; atheroschlerosis; mild chronic heart failure; angina pectoris; cardiac bypass reocclusion; intermittent claudication (atheroschlerosis oblitterens); diastolic dysfunction; and/or systolic dysfunction;
  • cardiovascular diseases such as syndrome X; atherosclerosis; myocardial infarction; coronary heart disease; stroke, cerebral ischemia; an early cardiac or early cardiovascular disease, such as left ventricular hypertrophy; coronary artery disease; essential hypertension; acute hypertensive emergency; cardiomyopathy; heart insufficiency; exercise tolerance; chronic heart failure; arrhythm
  • x prevention and/or treatment of critical illness, such as treatment of a critically ill patient, a critical illness poly-nephropathy (CIPNP) patient, and/or a potential CIPNP patient; prevention of critical illness or development of CIPNP; prevention, treatment and/or cure of systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) in a patient; and/or for the prevention or reduction of the likelihood of a patient suffering from bacteraemia, septicaemia, and/or septic shock during hospitalisation; and/or
  • CIPNP critical illness poly-nephropathy
  • SIRS systemic inflammatory response syndrome
  • the indication is selected from the group consisting of (i)-(iii) and (v)-(iix), such as indications (i), (ii), and/or (iii); or indication (v), indication (vi), indication (vii), and/or indication (iix).
  • the indication is (i). In a further particular embodiment the indication is (v). In a still further particular embodiment the indication is (iix).
  • Type 2 diabetes and/or obesity.
  • P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues;
  • Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
  • R11 and R12 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, alkyl ester, or aryl ester; wherein preferably alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, and/or alkyl ester contains lower alkyl, straight or branched, more preferably having 1-6 C-atoms. 16.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiment 1-15 wherein R11 and R12 independently represent hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy, wherein the lower alkyl and lower alkoxy, independently, have 1-5 C-atoms, preferably 1-4 C-atoms, or most preferably 1-3 C-atoms. 17.
  • R11 and R12 are methyl or hydrogen, preferably hydrogen. 19.
  • Y is a derivative of 1H-imidazole, preferably 1H-imidazol-4-yl, optionally substituted at one or two of positions 2, 3, and/or 5, wherein the position numbering of imidazole is according to IUPAC, and/or as shown for imidazole on wikipedia on 3 Dec. 2010 at 18:00 DK time.
  • Q is attached to i) X 2 , ii) X 3 , X 4 , or X 5 , preferably to X 2 or X 4 , most preferably to X 4 . 21.
  • Y is a derivative of an imidazole, such as 1H-imidazol, being substituted with a group of formula Chem. 7:
  • R17 represents alkylene, straight or branched, having 1-6 C-atoms, preferably 1-5 C-atoms, more preferably 1-4 C-atoms, or most preferably 1-3 C-atoms. 26. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-10, wherein Y is Chem. 5.
  • Y is a derivative of pyridine, preferably pyridin-2-yl, optionally substituted at one or two of positions 3, 4, 5, and/or 6, where the position numbering of pyridine is according to IUPAC, and/or as shown for pyridine on wikipedia on 3 Dec. 2010 at 18:00 DK time.
  • Q is attached to position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the pyridine ring, preferably to position 2, where the position numbering of pyridine is as defined in embodiment 31.
  • 33 The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-32, wherein q is as defined in embodiment 21. 34.
  • the medium is a suitable medium, such as a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor and having the following composition (final in-assay concentrations): 50 mM Tris-HCl, 1 mM EGTA, 1.5 mM MgSO 4 , 1.7 mM ATP, 20 mM GTP, 2 mM 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (IBMX), 0.01% Tween-20, pH 7.4; more preferably the following composition (final in-assay concentrations): 50 mM TRIS-HCl; 5 mM HEPES; 10 mM MgCl 2 , 6H 2 O; 150 mM NaCl; 0.01% Tween; 0.1% BSA; 0.5 mM IBMX; 1 mM ATP; 1 uM GTP; pH 7.4.
  • a suitable medium such as a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor and having the following composition (final in-assay concentrations): 50 mM Tris-HCl
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-39, wherein the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of which P is a fragment lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues is selected from His-Ala-“P” and His-Gly-“P”. 41.
  • P is selected from i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), and iv) analogues of i), ii), or iii) having a maximum of eight amino acid residues exchanged as compared to the respective sequence i), ii), or iii) with which the analogue has the highest similarity, or, preferably, percentage of identity. 42.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-44 which has a C-terminal amide. 46.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-45 which has a C-terminal —COOH group. 47.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-46 which comprises at least one of the following substitutions as compared to GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1): 18K; 22E; 30E; 31H; 34Q,R; 36K; 37K; and/or 38E. 48.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-47 which comprises 18K.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-48 which comprises 22E. 50.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-49 which comprises 30E. 51.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-55 which comprises 34R and 37K. 57.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-59 which comprises the following substitutions: (i) 18K, 22E, 34Q; (ii) 31H, 34Q; (iii) 30E, 36K; (iv) 30E, 36K, 38E; (v) 34R; (vi) 34R, 37K; or (vii) 34R, 37K, 38E. 61.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-60 which has the following substitutions as compared to GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), all other amino acid residues being as in SEQ ID NO: 1: (i) 18K, 22E, 34Q; (ii) 31H, 34Q; (iii) 30E, 36K; (iv) 30E, 36K, 38E; (v) 34R; (vi) 34R, 37K; of (vii) 34R, 37K, 38E. 62.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-46 which comprises at least one of the following substitutions as compared to GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3): 17Q,R; 20R; 33R; and/or 38K.
  • the peptide of any one of embodiments 1-46, and 62 which has the following substitutions, as compared to GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), all other amino acid residues being as in SEQ ID NO: 3: 17R, 20R, 33R, and 38K.
  • a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide selected from the following:
  • a residue number preferably any residue number, be it in superscript after an amino acid residue, or in ordinary script before or after the amino acid residue in question, refers to the corresponding position in one of the sequences of i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), and iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • the derivative of embodiment 74 which comprises, preferably has, an albumin binding moiety attached to a lysine residue, more preferably to the epsilon-amino group thereof, via an amide bond.
  • the derivative of embodiment 75 which comprises, preferably has, an albumin binding moiety attached to one or more of 18K, 26K, 36K, and/or 37K; preferably one albumin binding moiety attached to 18K, 26K, or 36K; or two albumin binding moieties attached to 26K and 37K; wherein reference may be had to the sequence of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1).
  • SEQ ID NO: 1 sequence of GLP-1(9-37)
  • the derivative of embodiment 75 which has an albumin binding moiety attached to one or more of 17K, 20K, 33K, and/or 38K; preferably one albumin binding moiety attached to 38K; or two albumin binding moieties attached to 20K and 33K; wherein reference may be had to the sequence of GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • 78. The derivative of any one of embodiments 75-77, in which the albumin binding moiety comprises a protracting moiety.
  • the protracting moiety is selected from Chem. 8, Chem. 9, and Chem. 10:
  • x is an integer in the range of 6-18
  • y is an integer in the range of 3-17
  • z is an integer in the range of 1-5
  • R 18 is a group having a molar mass not higher than 150 Da.
  • k is an integer in the range of 1-5, and n is an integer in the range of 1-5; and wherein Chem. 12 and Chem. 13 are di-radicals of Glu. 91.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 90-92, wherein n is 1. 94.
  • Chem. 11 is included m times, wherein m is an integer in the range of 1-10. 95.
  • k and n are as defined in any one of embodiments 90-97. 99.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 90-99, wherein Chem. 12 and Chem. 13, independently, may be represented by Chem. 12a and Chem. 13a, respectively:
  • Chem. 12a 101.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 90-102, wherein the Glu di-radical is a radical of L-Glu or D-Glu, preferably of L-Glu. 104.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 90-103, wherein the linker consists of a Glu di-radical, preferably Chem. 12, more preferably Chem. 12a.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 90-104, wherein the linker comprises Chem. 14. 106.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 90-105, where Chem. 14 is represented by Chem. 14a:
  • any one of embodiments 90-106 wherein the linker consists of one time Chem. 14, one time Chem. 12, and two times Chem. 11, interconnected via amide bonds and in the sequence indicated, the linker being connected at its *—NH end to the *—CO end of the protracting moiety, and at its *—CO end to the epsilon amino group of a lysine residue of the peptide. 110.
  • the peptide or derivative of embodiment 115, wherein GLP-1 activity refers to the capability of activating the human GLP-1 receptor.
  • 117. The peptide or derivative of embodiment 116, wherein activation of the human GLP-1 receptor is measured in an in vitro assay, as the potency of cAMP production.
  • 118. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-117, which has a potency corresponding to an EC 50 at or below 4500 pM, preferably below 4500 pM, more preferably below 4000 pM, even more preferably below 3500 pM, or most preferably below 3000 pM. 119.
  • the peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-118 which has a potency corresponding to an EC 50 below 2500 pM, preferably below 2000 pM, more preferably below 1500 pM, even more preferably below 1000 pM, or most preferably below 800 pM. 120.
  • the peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-119 which has a potency corresponding to an EC 50 below 600 pM, preferably below 500 pM, more preferably below 400 pM, even more preferably below 300 pM, or most preferably below 200 pM. 121.
  • the peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-120 which has a potency corresponding to an EC 50 below 180 pM, preferably below 160 pM, more preferably below 140 pM, even more preferably below 120 pM, or most preferably below 100 pM. 122.
  • the peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-121 which has a potency corresponding to an EC 50 below 80 pM, preferably below 60 pM, more preferably below 50 pM, even more preferably below 40 pM, or most preferably below 30 pM. 123.
  • a functional receptor assay e.g. based on competition between endogenously formed cAMP and exogenously added biotin-labelled cAMP, in which assay cAMP is more preferably captured using a specific antibody, and/or wherein an even more preferred assay is the AlphaScreen cAMP Assay, most preferably the one described in Example 13. 124.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 74-127, for which the ratio [GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC 50 ) in the presence of 2.0% HSA (high albumin), divided by GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC 50 ) in the presence of 0.005% HSA (low albumin)] is: a) at least 0.5, preferably at least 1.0, more preferably at least 10, even more preferably at least 20, or most preferably at least 30; b) at least 40, preferably at least 50, more preferably at least 60, even more preferably at least 70, or most preferably at least 80; c) at least 90, preferably at least 100, more preferably at least 110, or most preferably at least 120; d) at least 20% of the ratio of semaglutide, preferably at least 50% of the ratio of semaglutide, more preferably at least 75% of the ratio of semaglutide, even more preferably at least equal to the ratio of semaglutide, or most preferably at least twice the ratio of semaglutide; or e) at least
  • any one of embodiments 74-128, for which the GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC 50 ) in the presence of 0.005% HSA (low albumin) is a) below 600.00 nM, preferably below 500.00 nM, more preferably below 200.00 nM, even more preferably below 100.00 nM, or most preferably below 45.00 nM; or b) below 20.00 nM, preferably below 10.00 nM, more preferably below 5.00 nM, even more preferably below 2.00 nM, or most preferably below 1.00 nM. 130.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 1-129, for which the GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC 50 ) in the presence of 2.0% HSA (high albumin) is a) below 900 nM, more preferably below 800 nM, even more preferably below 700 nM, or most preferably below 600 nM; or b) below 400.00 nM, preferably below 300.00 nM, more preferably below 200.00 nM, even more preferably below 100.00 nM, or most preferably below 50.00 nM.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 74-133 which has an oral bioavailability, preferably an absolute oral bioavailability, which is higher than that of liraglutide; and/or higher than that of semaglutide. 135.
  • the derivative of embodiment 134 wherein oral bioavailability is measured in vivo in rats, as exposure in plasma after direct injection into the intestinal lumen.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 74-136, for which the plasma concentration (pM) of the derivative, determined 30 minutes after injection of a solution of the derivative in the jejunum of rat, divided by the concentration (pM) of the injected solution (dose-corrected exposure at 30 min) is at least 30, preferably at least 40, more preferably at least 50, still more preferably at least 60, even more preferably at least 70, or most preferably at least 80.
  • the derivative of any one of embodiments 74-142 wherein 100 ⁇ l of the derivative is injected into the jejunal lumen through a catheter with a 1 ml syringe, and subsequently 200 ⁇ l of air is pushed into the jejunal lumen with another syringe, which is then left connected to the catheter to prevent flow back into the catheter.
  • 144 The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-143, wherein blood samples (200 ul) are collected into EDTA tubes from the tail vein at desired intervals, such as at times 0, 10, 30, 60, 120 and 240 min, and centrifuged 5 minutes, 10000G, at 4° C. within 20 minutes. 145.
  • protraction means half-life in vivo in a relevant animal species, such as db/db mice, rat, pig, and/or, preferably, minipig; wherein the derivative is administered i) s.c., and/or, preferably, ii) s.c. 149.
  • administration in minipigs is a) at least 12 hours, preferably at least 24 hours, more preferably at least 36 hours, even more preferably at least 48 hours, or most preferably at least 60 hours; or b) at least 0.2 times the half-life of semaglutide, preferably at least 0.4 times the half-life of semaglutide, more preferably at least 0.6 times the half-life of semaglutide, even more preferably at least 0.8 times the half-life of semaglutide, or most preferably at least the same as the half-life of semaglutide.
  • the derivative of embodiment 149, wherein the minipigs are male Göttingen minipigs. 151.
  • 154. The derivative of any one of embodiments 149-153, wherein the animals are fasted for approximately 18 h before dosing and for at least 4 h after dosing, and have ad libitum access to water during the whole period. 155.
  • a peptide according to any one of embodiments 1-73 and 115-127 for use as a medicament.
  • a peptide according to any one of embodiments 1-73 and 115-127 in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving ⁇ -cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression. 163.
  • a derivative according to any one of embodiments 74-157 in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving ⁇ -cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
  • diabetes and related diseases such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome
  • lipid parameters improving ⁇ -cell function
  • delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression 164.
  • a method of treating or preventing all forms of diabetes and related diseases such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving ⁇ -cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression, by administering a pharmaceutically active amount of a peptide according to any one of embodiments 1-73 and 115-127. 165.
  • a method of treating or preventing all forms of diabetes and related diseases such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving ⁇ -cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression, by administering a pharmaceutically active amount of a derivative according to any one of embodiments 74-157. 166.
  • q is 1-6, and R 15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl;
  • R represents hydrogen, or alkyl;
  • R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or (ii) R1 and R2 together form cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and each of PG 1 and PG 2 represents a protection group; with the optional proviso (iii) that R1 and R2 do not both represent hydrogen; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or
  • the activated ester is an ester of p-nitrophenol; 2,4,5-trichlorophenol; N-hydroxysuccinimide; N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide; 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazine-4-one; 5-chloro-8-hydroxyquinoline; N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid imide; pentafluorophenol; p-sulfotetrafluorophenol; N-hydroxyphthalimide; 1-hydroxybenzotriazole; 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole; N-hydroxymaleimide; 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzene sulfonic acid; or any other activated ester known in the art.
  • R1 and R2 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, alkyl ester, or aryl ester; wherein preferably alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, and/or alkyl ester contains lower alkyl, straight or branched, more preferably having 1-6 C-atoms. 180.
  • q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl;
  • R represents hydrogen, or alkyl;
  • R1 and R2 independently represent (i) alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or (ii) R1 and R2 together form cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and each of PG 1 and PG 2 represents a protection group, preferably as defined in any one of embodiments 167-173; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • a peptide intermediate product which is selected from the following analogues of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1): (i) (18K, 22E, 34Q); (ii) (30E, 36K, 38E); (iii) (31H, 34Q); (iv) 34R; (v) (34R, 37K); and (vi) (34R, 37K, 38E); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof. 191.
  • a peptide intermediate product which is the following analogue of GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3): (17R, 20R, 33R, 38K); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • This section relates to methods for solid phase peptide synthesis (SPPS methods, including methods for de-protection of amino acids, methods for cleaving the peptide from the resin, and for its purification), as well as methods for detecting and characterising the resulting peptide (LCMS, MALDI, and UPLC methods).
  • SPPS methods including methods for de-protection of amino acids, methods for cleaving the peptide from the resin, and for its purification), as well as methods for detecting and characterising the resulting peptide (LCMS, MALDI, and UPLC methods).
  • the solid phase synthesis of peptides may in some cases be improved by the use of di-peptides protected on the di-peptide amide bond with a group that can be cleaved under acidic conditions such as, but not limited to, 2-Fmoc-oxy-4-methoxybenzyl, or 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzyl.
  • pseudoproline di-peptides may be used (available from, e.g., Novabiochem, see also W. R. Sampson (1999), J. Pep. Sci. 5, 403).
  • the protected amino acid derivatives used were standard Fmoc-amino acids (supplied from e.g. Anaspec, IRIS, or Novabiochem).
  • the N-terminal amino acid was Boc protected at the alpha amino group (e.g. Boc-His(Boc)-OH, or Boc-His(Trt)-OH for peptides with H is at the N-terminus).
  • the epsilon amino group of lysines in the sequence were either protected with Mtt, Mmt, Dde, ivDde, or Boc, depending on the route for attachment of the albumin binding moiety and spacer.
  • the albumin binding moiety and/or linker can be attached to the peptide either by acylation of the resin bound peptide or by acylation in solution of the unprotected peptide.
  • the attachment can be modular using SPPS and suitably protected building blocks such as but not limited to Fmoc-OEG-OH (Fmoc-8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid), Fmoc-Trx-OH (Fmoc-tranexamic acid), Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester, nonadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester, or 4-(9-carboxynonyloxy)benzoic acid tert-butyl ester.
  • Fmoc-OEG-OH Fmoc-8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid
  • Fmoc-Trx-OH Fmoc-tranexamic acid
  • Fmoc-Glu-OtBu octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl este
  • SPPS method A refers to the synthesis of a protected peptidyl resin using Fmoc chemistry on an Applied Biosystems 433 peptide synthesiser (also designated ABI433A synthesiser) in 0.25 mmol or 1.0 mmol scale using the manufacturer's FastMoc UV protocols which employ HBTU or HATU mediated couplings in NMP, and UV monitoring of the de-protection of the Fmoc protection group.
  • the starting resin used for the synthesis of peptide amides was a suitable Rink-Amide resin (for peptide amides), or (for peptides with a carboxy C-terminus) either a suitable Wang resin or a suitable chlorotrityl resin.
  • Suitable resins are commercially available from, e.g., Novabiochem.
  • SPPS method B refers to the synthesis of a protected peptidyl resin using Fmoc chemistry on a microwave-based Liberty peptide synthesiser (CEM Corp., North Carolina).
  • a suitable resin is a pre-loaded, low-load Wang resin available from Novabiochem (e.g. low load Fmoc-Lys(Mtt)-Wang resin, 0.35 mmol/g).
  • Fmoc-deprotection was with 5% piperidine in NMP at up to 70 or 75° C.
  • the coupling chemistry was DIC/HOAt in NMP.
  • Amino acid/HOAt solutions (0.3 M in NMP at a molar excess of 3-10 fold) were added to the resin followed by the same molar equivalent of DIC (0.75M in NMP).
  • DIC molar equivalent of NMP
  • the following amounts of 0.3M amino acid/HOAt solution were used per coupling for the following scale reactions: Scale/ml, 0.10 mmol/2.5 ml, 0.25 mmol/5 ml, 1 mmol/15 ml.
  • Coupling times and temperatures were generally 5 minutes at up to 70 or 75° C. Longer coupling times were used for larger scale reactions, for example 10 min.
  • Histidine amino acids were double coupled at 50° C., or quadruple coupled if the previous amino acid was sterically hindered (e.g.
  • Arginine amino acids were coupled at RT for 25 min then heated to 70 or 75° C. for 5 min. Some amino acids such as but not limited to Aib, were “double coupled”, meaning that after the first coupling (e.g. 5 min at 75° C.), the resin is drained and more reagents are added (amino acid, HOAt and DIC), and the mixture in heated again (e.g. 5 min at 75° C.). When a chemical modification of a lysine side chain was desired, the lysine was incorporated as Lys(Mtt).
  • the Mtt group was removed by washing the resin with DCM and suspending the resin in neat (undiluted) hexafluoroisopropanol for 20 minutes followed by washing with DCM and NMP.
  • the chemical modification of the lysine was performed either by manual synthesis (see SPPS method D) or by one or more automated steps on the Liberty peptide synthesiser as described above, using suitably protected building blocks (see General methods), optionally including a manual coupling.
  • SPPS method D refers to synthesis of the protected peptidyl resin using manual Fmoc chemistry. This was typically used for the attachment of the linkers and side chains to the peptide backbone. The following conditions were employed at 0.25 mmol synthesis scale. The coupling chemistry was DIC/HOAt/collidine in NMP at a 4-10 fold molar excess. Coupling conditions were 1-6 h at room temperature. Fmoc-deprotection was performed with 20-25% piperidine in NMP (3 ⁇ 20 ml, each 10 min) followed by NMP washings (4 ⁇ 20 mL).
  • Dde- or ivDde-deprotection was performed with 2% hydrazine in NMP (2 ⁇ 20 ml, each 10 min) followed by NMP washings (4 ⁇ 20 ml).
  • Mtt- or Mmt-deprotection was performed with 2% TFA and 2-3% TIS in DCM (5 ⁇ 20 ml, each 10 min) followed by DCM (2 ⁇ 20 ml), 10% MeOH and 5% DIPEA in DCM (2 ⁇ 20 ml) and NMP (4 ⁇ 20 ml) washings, or by treatment with neat hexafluoroisopropanol (5 ⁇ 20 ml, each 10 min) followed by washings as above.
  • the albumin binding moiety and/or linker can be attached to the peptide either by acylation of the resin bound peptide or acylation in solution of the unprotected peptide (see the routes described below).
  • the attachment can be modular using SPPS and suitably protected building blocks (see General methods).
  • Activated (active ester or symmetric anhydride) albumin binding moiety or linker such as octadecanedioic acid mono-(2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)ester (Ebashi et al. EP511600, 4 molar equivalents relative to resin bound peptide) was dissolved in NMP (25 mL), added to the resin and shaken overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was washed extensively with NMP, DCM, 2-propanol, methanol and diethyl ether.
  • NMP octadecanedioic acid mono-(2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)ester
  • the albumin binding moiety was dissolved in NMP/DCM (1:1, 10 ml).
  • the activating reagent such as HOBt (4 molar equivalents relative to resin) and DIC (4 molar equivalents relative to resin) was added and the solution was stirred for 15 min.
  • the solution was added to the resin and DIPEA (4 molar equivalents relative to resin) was added.
  • the resin was shaken 2 to 24 hours at room temperature.
  • the resin was washed with NMP (2 ⁇ 20 ml), NMP/DCM (1:1, 2 ⁇ 20 ml) and DCM (2 ⁇ 20 ml).
  • Activated (active ester or symmetric anhydride) albumin binding moiety or linker such as octadecanedioic acid mono-(2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)ester (Ebashi et al. EP511600) 1-1.5 molar equivalents relative to the peptide was dissolved in an organic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, DMF, DMSO or in a mixture of water/organic solvent (1-2 ml) and added to a solution of the peptide in water (10-20 ml) together with 10 molar equivalents of DIPEA.
  • organic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, DMF, DMSO
  • the reaction mixture was lyophilised overnight and the isolated crude peptide deprotected afterwards.
  • the deprotection was performed by dissolving the peptide in a mixture of trifluoroacetic acid, water and triisopropylsilane (90:5:5). After for 30 min the mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the crude peptide purified by preparative HPLC as described later.
  • SPPS method E refers to peptide synthesis by Fmoc chemistry on a Prelude Solid Phase Peptide Synthesiser from Protein Technologies (Tucson, Ariz. 85714 U.S.A.).
  • a suitable resin is a pre-loaded, low-load Wang resin available from Novabiochem (e.g. low load fmoc-Lys(Mtt)-Wang resin, 0.35 mmol/g).
  • Fmoc-deprotection was with 25% piperidine in NMP for 2 ⁇ 10 min.
  • the coupling chemistry was DIC/HOAt/collidine in NMP.
  • Amino acid/HOAt solutions (0.3 M in NMP at a molar excess of 3-10 fold) were added to the resin followed by the same molar equivalent of DIC (3 M in NMP) and collidine (3 M in NMP).
  • DIC 3 M in NMP
  • collidine 3 M in NMP
  • the following amounts of 0.3M amino acid/HOAt solution were used per coupling for the following scale reactions: Scale/ml, 0.10 mmol/2.5 ml, 0.25 mmol/5 ml. Coupling times were generally 60 minutes.
  • Some amino acids including, but not limited to arginine, Aib or histidine were “double coupled”, meaning that after the first coupling (e.g.
  • amino acids and fatty acid derivatives including but not limited to Fmoc-Oeg-OH, Fmoc-Trx-OH, Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester, nonadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester, or 4-(9-carboxynonyloxy)benzoic acid tert-butyl ester were coupled for prolonged time, for example 6 hours.
  • the lysine was incorporated as Lys(Mtt).
  • the Mtt group was removed by washing the resin with DCM and suspending the resin in hexafluoroisopropanol/DCM (75:25) for 3 ⁇ 10 minutes followed by washings with DCM, 20% piperidine and NMP.
  • the chemical modification of the lysine was performed either by manual synthesis (see SPPS method D) or by one or more automated steps on the Prelude peptide synthesiser as described above using suitably protected building blocks (see General methods).
  • the resin was washed with DCM, and the peptide was cleaved from the resin by a 2-3 hour treatment with TFA/TIS/water (95/2.5/2.5 or 92.5/5/2.5) followed by precipitation with diethylether.
  • the peptide was dissolved in a suitable solvent (such as, e.g., 30% acetic acid) and purified by standard RP-HPLC on a C18, 5 ⁇ M column, using acetonitrile/water/TFA.
  • the fractions were analysed by a combination of UPLC, MALDI and LCMS methods, and the appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilised.
  • a Perkin Elmer Sciex API 3000 mass spectrometer was used to identify the mass of the sample after elution from a Perkin Elmer Series 200 HPLC system.
  • a Waters Micromass ZQ mass spectrometer was used to identify the mass of the sample after elution from a Waters Alliance HT HPLC system.
  • LCMS4 was performed on a setup consisting of Waters Acquity UPLC system and LCT Premier XE mass spectrometer from Micromass.
  • the UPLC pump was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • A 0.1% Formic acid in water
  • B 0.1% Formic acid in acetonitrile
  • the analysis was performed at RT by injecting an appropriate volume of the sample (preferably 2-10 ⁇ l) onto the column which was eluted with a gradient of A and B.
  • the UPLC conditions, detector settings and mass spectrometer settings were: Column: Waters Acquity HPLC BEH, C-18, 1.7 ⁇ m, 2.1 mm ⁇ 50 mm Gradient: Linear 5%-95% acetonitrile during 4.0 min (alternatively 8.0 min) at 0.4 ml/min Detection: 214 nm (analogue output from TUV (Tunable UV detector)) MS ionisation mode: API-ES Scan: 100-2000 amu (alternatively 500-2000 amu), step 0.1 amu
  • UPLC (method 05_B5 — 1): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UBEH130, C18, 130 ⁇ , 1.7 um, 2.1 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 40° C.
  • the UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • UPLC (method 05_B7 — 1): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 ⁇ , 1.7 um, 2.1 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 40° C.
  • the UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • UPLC (method 04_A2 — 1): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 ⁇ , 1.7 um, 2.1 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 40° C.
  • the UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing: A: 90% H 2 O, 10% CH 3 CN, 0.25 M ammonium bicarbonate
  • UPLC (method 04_A3 — 1): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 ⁇ , 1.7 um, 2.1 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 40° C.
  • the UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing: A: 90% H 2 O, 10% CH 3 CN, 0.25 M ammonium bicarbonate
  • UPLC (method 04_A4 — 1): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 ⁇ , 1.7 um, 2.1 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 40° C.
  • the UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing: A: 90% H 2 O, 10% CH 3 CN, 0.25 M ammonium bicarbonate
  • UPLC (method 08_B2 — 1): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 ⁇ , 1.7 um, 2.1 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 40° C.
  • the UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • UPLC (method 08_B4 — 1): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 ⁇ , 1.7 um, 2.1 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 40° C.
  • the UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • UPLC (Method 05_B10 — 1): The RP-analyses was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 ⁇ , 1.7 um, 2.1 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 40° C.
  • the UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • UPLC Method 02_B4 — 4
  • the RP-analysis was performed using a Alliance Waters 2695 system fitted with a Waters 2487 dualband detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using a Symmetry300 C18, 5 um, 3.9 mm ⁇ 150 mm column, 42° C. Eluted with a linear gradient of 5-95% acetonitrile, 90-0% water, and 5% trifluoroacetic acid (1.0%) in water over 15 minutes at a flow-rate of 1.0 ml/min.
  • HPLC Method 01_B4 — 1: The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters 600S system fitted with a Waters 996 diode array detector. UV detections were collected using a Waters 3 mm ⁇ 150 mm 3.5 um C-18 Symmetry column. The column was heated to 42° C. and eluted with a linear gradient of 5-95% acetonitrile, 90-0% water, and 5% trifluoroacetic acid (1.0%) in water over 15 minutes at a flow-rate of 1 ml/min.
  • Histamine dihydrochloride (20.47 g; 0.111 mol) and triethylamine (48 mL; 0.345 mol) in absolute methanol (400 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 10 min.
  • Trifluoroacetic acid ethyl ester (14.6 mL; 0.122 mol) in methanol (30 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min at 0° C. Reaction mixture was stirred for 3.5 hrs at room temperature and then it was evaporated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichlormethane (450 mL) and triethylamine (31 mL; 0.222 mol) was added.
  • R F SiO 2 , chloroform/ethyl acetate, 98:2): 0.60.
  • Aluminum chloride powder (80.0 g, 600 mmol) was added in portions to a stirred mixture of tert-butylbenzene (40.0 g, 300 mmol) and succinic anhydride (26.7 g, 267 mmol) and 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane (100 mL). After all the aluminum chloride had been added, the mixture was poured into a mixture of ice (500 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with water (500 mL) and the solvent distilled off.
  • Acetyl chloride (51.0 mL, 718 mmol) was added dropwise to methanol (670 mL) at 0° C. under argon. After 30 min, the cooling bath was removed and the above oxime (16.0 g, 144 mmol) was added, followed by palladium on carbon (5 wt %, 6.1 g). The mixture was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 17 hrs, then it was filtered through Celite and the solvent evaporated to give pure 4-(aminomethyl)-imidazole dihydrochloride as colorless crystals.
  • the aqueous phase was extracted with chloroform (100 mL); the chloroform phases were combined, washed with water (150 mL) dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and solvent removed in vacuo.
  • the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluke 60, dichloromethane/methanol 98:2 to 9:1) and crystallised from chloroform/hexanes mixture to give the title product as beige crystals.
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride (8 mL, 104 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of the above alcohol (32.0 g, 86.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (400 mL) and triethyl amine (15.5 mL) at 0° C. during 1 hr. The mixture was stirred without cooling for an additional 1 hr; then it was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Dichloromethane was evaporated at 30° C. in vacuo and the residual oily mesylate was used directly in the next step.
  • 2-Chlorotrityl chloride resin (2.3 g, 3.0 mmol) was swelled in DCM for 20 mins and filtrered.
  • Dimethylmalonic acid (2 eq; 6.0 mmol; 793 mg) was dissolved i DCM:DMF 1:1 (10 mL) and added to the resin followed by DIPEA (6 eq; 18.0 mmol; 3.14 mL) and DCM (10 mL).
  • DIPEA 6 eq; 18.0 mmol; 3.14 mL
  • DCM 10 mL
  • the resin was shaken overnight at RT.
  • the resin was filtered and washed with DCM:MeOH:DIPEA (17:2:1), DCM, NMP og DCM (2 ⁇ 25 mL of each).
  • the resin was swelled in DMF for 20 mins and filtered.
  • Chlorotrityl chloride resin (2.3 g, 3.0 mmol) was swelled in DCM for 20 mins and filtered.
  • Dimethylmalonic acid (2 eq; 6.0 mmol; 793 mg) was dissolved i DCM:NMP 1:1 (10 mL) and added to the resin followed by DIPEA (6 eq; 18.0 mmol; 3.14 mL) and DCM (10 mL).
  • DIPEA 6 eq; 18.0 mmol; 3.14 mL
  • DCM 10 mL
  • the resin was shaken overnight at RT.
  • the resin was filtered and washed with DCM:MeOH:DIPEA (17:2:1), DCM, NMP og DCM (2 ⁇ 25 mL of each).
  • the resin was swelled in NMP for 20 mins and filtered.
  • SPPS method E 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • SPPS method B 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid, Fmoc-Oeg-OH, Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, and octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester were coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid.
  • SPPS method B 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-propyl]-malonamic acid, Fmoc-Oeg-OH, and octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester were coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • SPPS method B 2,2-Dimethyl-N-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-malonamic acid, Fmoc-Oeg-OH, and octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester were coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • SPPS method B 2,2-Dimethyl-N-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-malonamic acid, Fmoc-Oeg-OH, Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, and octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester were coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • SPPS method B 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid. 8-(9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl-amino)-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (commercially available from Iris Biotech), Fmoc-Glu-OtBu and 4-(9-carboxy-nonyloxy)-benzoic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared as described in Example 25, step 2 of WO 2006/082204) were coupled using SPPS method D.
  • SPPS method B 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid. 8-(9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl-amino)-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (commercially available from Iris Biotech), Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, and 4-(9-carboxy-nonyloxy)-benzoic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared as described in Example 25, step 2 of WO 2006/082204) were coupled using SPPS method D.
  • SPPS method B 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as Fmoc-Aib amino acid. 8-(9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl-amino)-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (commercially available from Iris Biotech), Fmoc-Glu-OtBu and 4-(4-t-butylphenyl)butyric acid were coupled using SPPS method D.
  • SPPS method E 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • the purpose of this example is to test the activity, or potency, of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives in vitro.
  • the potencies of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives of Examples 1-12 were determined as described below, i.e. as the stimulation of the formation of cyclic AMP (cAMP) in a medium containing membranes expressing the human GLP-1 receptor.
  • cAMP cyclic AMP
  • Example 11 is a comparative compound based on compound 215 (p. 24) of WO 2004/067548, which according to FIG. 1 of this WO publication is one of the most potent compounds of this publication
  • a stable transfected cell line and a high expressing clone were selected for screening.
  • the cells were grown at 5% CO 2 in DMEM, 5% FCS, 1% Pen/Strep (Penicillin/Streptomycin) and 0.5 mg/ml of the selection marker G418.
  • Cells at approximate 80% confluence were washed 2 ⁇ with PBS and harvested with Versene (aqueous solution of the tetrasodium salt of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid), centrifuged 5 min at 1000 rpm and the supernatant removed. The additional steps were all made on ice.
  • the suspension was homogenised for 20-30 sec and centrifuged 15 min at 20,000 rpm. Suspension in Buffer 2, homogenisation and centrifugation was repeated once and the membranes were resuspended in Buffer 2. The protein concentration was determined and the membranes stored at ⁇ 80° C. until use.
  • the assay was performed in 1 ⁇ 2-area 96-well plates, flat bottom (Costar cat. no: 3693). The final volume per well was 50 ⁇ l.
  • AlphaScreen cAMP Assay Kit from Perkin Elmer Life Sciences (cat. No: 6760625M); containing Anti-cAMP Acceptor beads (10 U/ ⁇ l), Streptavidin Donor beads (10 U/ ⁇ l) and Biotinylated-cAMP (133 U/ ⁇ l).
  • AlphaScreen Buffer, pH 7.4: 50 mM TRIS-HCl (Sigma, cat.no: T3253); 5 mM HEPES (Sigma, cat.no: H3375); 10 mM MgCl 2 , 6H 2 O (Merck, cat.no: 5833); 150 mM NaCl (Sigma, cat.no: S9625); 0.01% Tween (Merck, cat.no: 822184).
  • BSA Sigma, cat. no. A7906
  • IBMX Sigma, cat. no. 15879): 0.5 mM
  • ATP Sigma, cat. no. A7699
  • GTP Sigma, cat. no. G8877
  • Suitable dilution series in AlphaScreen Buffer were prepared of the cAMP standard as well as the GLP-1 analogue or derivative to be tested, e.g. the following eight concentrations of the GLP-1 compound: 10 ⁇ 7 , 10 ⁇ 8 , 10 ⁇ 9 , 10 ⁇ 10 , 10 ⁇ 11 , 10 ⁇ 12 , 10 ⁇ 13 and 10 ⁇ 14 M, and a series from, e.g., 10 ⁇ 6 to 3 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 11 of cAMP.
  • any handling was in the dark (as dark as possible), or in green light. All dilutions were made on ice.
  • the fold variation in relation to GLP-1 may be calculated as EC 50 (GLP-1)/EC 50 (analogue)—3693.2.
  • All tested derivatives of the invention had a good in vitro potency corresponding to an EC 50 of 2100 pM or below; eight derivatives were even more potent having and EC 50 at 1000 pM or below; five derivatives had a still further improved potency corresponding to an EC 50 at 500 pM or below; four derivatives were very potent corresponding to an EC 50 at 300 pM or below; and one derivative had a very good potency corresponding to an EC 50 at 100 pM or below.
  • the comparative compound of Example 11 was much less potent, namely with an EC 50 of above 8000 pM.
  • the purpose of this experiment is to investigate the binding to the GLP-1 receptor of the GLP-1 agonist derivatives, and how the binding is potentially influenced by the presence of albumin. This is done in an in vitro experiment as described below.
  • the binding affinity of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives of Examples 1-12 to the human GLP-1 receptor was measured by way of their ability to displace of 125 I-GLP-1 from the receptor.
  • Example 11 is a comparative compound based on compound 215 (p. 24) of WO 2004/067548, which according to FIG. 1 of this WO publication is one of the most potent compounds of this publication.
  • the assay was performed with a low concentration of albumin (0.005%—corresponding to the residual amount thereof in the tracer), as well as with a high concentration of albumin (2.0% added).
  • a shift in the binding affinity, IC 50 is an indication that the peptide in question binds to albumin, and thereby a prediction of a potential protracted pharmacokinetic profile of the peptide in question in animal models.
  • GLP-1 receptor GLP-1 receptor
  • a stable transfected cell line and a high expressing clone were selected for screening.
  • the cells were grown at 5% CO 2 in DMEM, 10% FCS, 1% Pen/Strep (Penicillin/Streptomycin) and 1.0 mg/ml of the selection marker G418.
  • the cells (approx. 80% confluence) were washed twice in PBS and harvested with Versene (aqueous solution of the tetrasodium salt of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid), following which they were separated by centrifugation at 1000 rpm for 5 min.
  • the cells/cell pellet must be kept on ice to the extent possible in the subsequent steps.
  • the cell pellet was homogenised with Ultrathurrax for 20-30 seconds in a suitable amount of Buffer 1 (depending on the amount of cells, but e.g. 10 ml). The homogenate was centrifuged at 20000 rpm for 15 minutes. The pellet was resuspended (homogenised) in 10 ml Buffer 2 and re-centrifuged. This step was repeated once more. The resulting pellet was resuspended in Buffer 2, and the protein concentration was determined.
  • the membranes were stored at minus 80° C.
  • Buffer 1 20 mM Na-HEPES+10 mM EDTA, pH 7.4
  • Buffer 2 20 mM Na-HEPES+0.1 mM EDTA, pH 7.4
  • Test compounds, membranes, SPA-particles and [ 125 I]-GLP-1(7-36)NH 2 were diluted in assay buffer. 25 ul (micro liter) of test compounds were added to Optiplate. HSA (“high albumin” experiment containing 2% HSA), or buffer (“low albumin” experiment containing 0.005% HSA), was added (50 ul). 5-10 ug protein/sample was added (50 ul) corresponding to 0.1-0.2 mg protein/ml (to be preferably optimised for each membrane preparation).
  • SPA-particles (Wheatgerm agglutinin SPA beads, Perkin Elmer, #RPNQ0001) were added in an amount of 0.5 mg/well (50 ul).
  • HSA was SIGMA A1653
  • the IC 50 value was read from the curve as the concentration which displaces 50% of 125 I-GLP-1 from the receptor, and the ratio of [(IC 50 /nM) high HSA]/[(IC 50 /nM) low HSA] was determined.
  • the binding to the GLP-1 receptor at low albumin concentration should be as good as possible, corresponding to a low IC 50 value.
  • the IC 50 value at high albumin concentration is a measure of the influence of albumin on the binding of the derivative to the GLP-1 receptor.
  • the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives also bind to albumin. This is a generally desirable effect, which extends their lifetime in plasma. Therefore, the IC 50 value at high albumin will generally be higher than the IC 50 value at low albumin, corresponding to a reduced binding to the GLP-1 receptor, caused by albumin binding competing with the binding to the GLP-1 receptor.
  • a high ratio (IC 50 value (high albumin)/IC 50 value (low albumin)) may therefore be taken as an indication that the derivative in question binds well to albumin (may have a long half-life), and also per se binds well to the GLP-1 receptor (the IC 50 value (high albumin) is high, and the IC 50 value (low albumin) is low).
  • ratio refers to [(IC 50 /nM) high HSA]/[(IC 50 /nM) low HSA]):
  • IC 50 low albumin
  • all derivatives, except the comparative compound of Example 11 had an IC 50 (low albumin) below 40 nM; all but one below 20 nM; all but four were below 10.0 nM; five were below 5.00 nM; and three derivatives were below 1.00 nM.
  • IC 50 high albumin
  • all derivatives of the invention had an IC 50 (high albumin) below 900.00 nM; nine were below 500.00 nM; four were below 100.00 nM; and two derivatives were below 50.00 nM.
  • the IC 50 (high albumin) for the comparative compound of Example 11 was above 800.00 nM.
  • the purpose of this experiment is to estimate the oral bioavailability of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives.
  • the compounds are tested in a concentration of 1000 uM in a solution of 55 mg/ml sodium caprate.
  • the compounds are administered in the jejunum either in the proximal part (10 cm distal for the duodenum) or in the mid-intestine (50 cm proximal for the cecum).
  • a PE50-catheter 10 cm long is inserted into the jejunum, forwarded at least 1.5 cm into the jejunum, and secured before dosing by ligature around the gut and the catheter with 3/0 suture distal to tip to prevent leak or catheter displacement.
  • Catheter is placed without syringe and needle and 2 ml saline is administered into abdomen before closing the incision with wound clips.
  • 100 ⁇ l of the respective compound is injected into the jejunal lumen through the catheter with a 1 ml syringe. Subsequently, 200 ⁇ l of air is pushed into the jejunal lumen with another syringe to “flush” the catheter. This syringe is leaved connected to the catheter to prevent flow back into the catheter.
  • Plasma samples are collected at desired intervals (usually at times 0, 10, 30, 60, 120 and 240 min) into EDTA tubes from the tail vein and centrifuged 5 minutes, 10000G, at 4° C. within 20 minutes.
  • Plasma 75 ul is separated to Micronic tubes, immediately frozen, and kept at ⁇ 20° C. until analyzed for plasma concentration of the respective GLP-1 receptor agonist derivative with LOCI (Luminescent Oxygen Channeling Immunoassay), generally as described for the determination of insulin by Poulsen and Jensen in Journal of Biomolecular Screening 2007, vol. 12, p. 240-247.
  • LOCI Luminescent Oxygen Channeling Immunoassay
  • the donor beads are coated with streptavidin, while acceptor beads are conjugated with a monoclonal antibody recognising a mid-/C-terminal epitope of the peptide.
  • Another monoclonal antibody, specific for the N-terminus is biotinylated.
  • the three reactants are combined with the analyte and formed a two-sited immuno-complex. Illumination of the complex released singlet oxygen atoms from the donor beads, which are channeled into the acceptor beads and triggered chemiluminescence which is measured in an Envision plate reader. The amount of light is proportional to the concentration of the compound.
  • the rats are sacrificed under anaesthesia and the abdomen is opened to verify correct catheter placement.
  • plasma concentrations are determined as a function of time.
  • the dose-corrected exposure has been shown to correlate significantly with the actual bioavailability.
  • the results may be given as dose-corrected exposure at 30 min which refers to (the plasma concentration 30 minutes after injection of the compound in the jejunum (pM)), divided by (the concentration of the compound in the dosing solution (pM)).
  • the purpose of this study is to determine the protraction in vivo of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives after i.v. administration to minipigs, i.e. the prolongation of their time of action. This is done in a pharmacokinetic (PK) study, where the terminal half-life of the derivative in question is determined.
  • terminal half-life is generally meant the period of time it takes to halve a certain plasma concentration, measured after the initial distribution phase.
  • the animals are fasted for approximately 18 h before dosing and for at least 4 h after dosing, but had ad libitum access to water during the whole period.
  • the compounds are dissolved in 50 mM sodium phosphate, 145 mM sodium chloride, 0.05% tween 80, pH 7.4 to a concentration of usually from 20-60 nmol/ml.
  • Intravenous injections (the volume corresponding to usually 1-2 nmol/kg, for example 0.033 ml/kg) of the compounds are given through a catheter, and blood is sampled at predefined time points for up till 13 days post dosing (preferably through the other catheter). Blood samples (for example 0.8 ml) are collected in EDTA buffer (8 mM) and then centrifuged at 4° C. and 1942G for 10 minutes. Plasma is pippetted into Micronic tubes on dry ice, and kept at ⁇ 20° C.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified N-terminus. The compounds are of the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues; and Y—Z represents novel His-Ala mimetics. Examples of GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds are derived from human GLP-1 (7-37), exendin-4(1-39), or GLP-1 A (1-37). The invention also relates to derivatives of these compounds, in particular compounds with one or more albumin binding side chains capable of protracting the duration of action in vivo of these compounds. The peptides and derivatives of the invention have a good potency, a protracted pharmacokinetic profile, are stable against degradation by gastro intestinal enzymes, and/or have a high oral bioavailability. These properties are of importance in the development of GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds for subcutaneous, intravenous, and/or in particular oral administration. The invention also relates to intermediate products for use in the preparation of the GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds of the invention.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to analogues and derivatives of GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides, and their pharmaceutical use. In the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention, such as Glucagon-Like Peptide-1 (GLP-1), exendins and analogues thereof, the two N-terminal amino acids have been replaced by N-terminal mimetics.
  • INCORPORATION-BY-REFERENCE OF THE SEQUENCE LISTING
  • The Sequence Listing, entitled “SEQUENCE LISTING”, is 1770 bytes, was created on 1 Dec. 2010, and is incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • WO 2004/067548 A2 relates to chemically modified metabolites of regulatory peptides and methods of producing and using same.
  • Liraglutide, a GLP-1 derivative for once daily administration which is marketed by Novo Nordisk A/S, is disclosed in Example 37 of WO 98/08871.
  • Semaglutide, a GLP-1 derivative for once weekly administration which is under development by Novo Nordisk A/S, is disclosed in Example 4 of WO 06/097537.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds comprising a modified N-terminus.
  • Preferred compounds have the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the N-terminus; and Y—Z represents a group mimicking the N-terminus of the peptide. The new N-terminal is preferably a His-Ala, a His-Gly, and/or a His-Ser mimetic.
  • More in particular the invention relates to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide having the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues; Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00001
  • wherein W represents a group of formula Chem. 3:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00002
  • wherein R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or R1 and R2 together form (ii) cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and Y represents a group of formula Chem. 4:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00003
  • or Chem. 5:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00004
  • wherein X1 is N, O, or S; X2, X3, X4, and X5 independently represent C, or N, with the proviso that at least one of X2, X3, X4 and X5 is C; R11, R12, R13, and R14 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl; Q represents a bond, or a group of formula

  • *—(C(R15)(R16))q—*,  Chem. 6
  • wherein q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; and R represents hydrogen, or alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • The invention also relates to a derivative of this peptide, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • The invention also relates to the pharmaceutical use of these compounds, preferably for the treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving β-cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
  • Finally, the invention relates to intermediate products corresponding to the new N-terminus, as well as to the peptide fragments, i.e. before attachment of the new N-terminus, both relevant for the preparation of the peptides of the invention.
  • The peptides and derivatives of the invention are biologically active, preferably of a high potency. Also, or alternatively, they have a protracted pharmacokinetic profile. Also, or alternatively, they are stable against degradation by gastro intestinal enzymes. Also, or alternatively, they have a high oral bioavailability. These properties are of importance in the development of next generation GLP-1 compounds for subcutaneous, intravenous, and/or in particular oral administration.
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide having the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues; Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00005
  • wherein W represents a group of formula Chem. 3:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00006
  • wherein
  • R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or R1 and R2 together form (ii) cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and Y represents a group of formula Chem. 4:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00007
  • or Chem. 5:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00008
  • wherein X1 is N, O, or S; X2, X3, X4, and X5 independently represent C, or N, with the proviso that at least one of X2, X3, X4 and X5 is C; R11, R12, R13, and R14 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl; Q represents a bond, or a group of formula

  • *—(C(R15)(R16))q—*,  Chem. 6
  • wherein q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; and R represents hydrogen, or alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • In a first aspect, R1 and R2 do not both represent hydrogen, and the invention accordingly relates to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide having the formula Chem. 1: Y—Z—P, wherein P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues; Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00009
  • wherein W represents a group of formula Chem. 3:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00010
  • wherein R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or R1 and R2 together form (ii) cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl, with the proviso that (iii) R1 and R2 do not both represent hydrogen; and Y represents a group of formula Chem. 4:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00011
  • or Chem. 5:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00012
  • wherein X1 is N, O, or S; X2, X3, X4, and X5 independently represent C, or N, with the proviso that at least one of X2, X3, X4 and X5 is C; R11, R12, R13, and R14 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl; Q represents a bond, or a group of formula

  • *—(C(R15)(R16))q—*,  Chem. 6
  • wherein q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; and R represents hydrogen, or alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • In a second aspect, R1 and R2 may both represent hydrogen, and Q-NR—* is not attached to a nitrogen atom of Chem. 4.
  • In a third aspect, R1 and R2 may both represent hydrogen, and Q-NR—* is attached to a carbon atom of Chem. 4.
  • The invention also relates to a derivative of each of these peptides, and to pharmaceutically acceptable salts, amides, or esters thereof.
  • The invention also relates to the pharmaceutical use of these compounds, preferably for the treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving β-cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
  • Finally, the invention relates to intermediate products corresponding to the new N-terminus, as well as to the peptide fragments, i.e. before attachment of the new N-terminus, both relevant for the preparation of the peptides of the invention.
  • In what follows, Greek letters may be represented by their symbol or the corresponding written name, for example: α=alpha; β=beta; ε=epsilon; γ=gamma; ω=omega; etc. Also, the Greek letter of μ may be represented by “u”, e.g. in μl=ul, or in μM=uM.
  • An asterisk (*) in a chemical formula designates i) a point of attachment, ii) a radical, and/or iii) an unshared electron.
  • GLP-1 Receptor Agonist
  • The GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds of the invention may be derived, or are derivable, from human GLP-1(7-37), exendin-4(1-39), and/or GLP-1A(1-37). The amino acid sequences of these peptides may be found in the UniProt Knowledgebase (UniProtKB)—SwissProt section (www.uniprot.org) with the following accession numbers, sequence identifiers, and sequence names: UNIPROT:P012758, GLUC_HUMAN, Glucagon-like peptide 1(7-37); UNIPROT:P263493, EXE4_HELSU, Exendin-4, or exenatide; and UNIPROT:0421435, GLUC1_XENLA, Glucagon-like peptide 1A; respectively.
  • The sequences of the corresponding fragments lacking the two N-terminal amino acids, viz. GLP-1(9-37), exendin-4(3-39), and GLP-1A(3-37), are included in the appended sequence listing as SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 2, and SEQ ID NO: 3, respectively.
  • Another example of a GLP-1 receptor agonist fragment from which the compounds of the invention may be derived, or are derivable, is the peptide designated exendin-3(3-39) which is the D3 analogue of SEQ ID NO: 2, i.e. identical to SEQ ID NO: 2 except for having aspartic acid (D, Asp) at position 3, the first amino acid residue.
  • The sequence of the GLP-1 receptor may be found in the UniprotKB database referred to above with the following accession number, identifier, and name: UNIPROT:P43220, GLP1R_HUMAN, Glucagon-like peptide 1 receptor, GLP-1 receptor, GLP-1-R, or GLP-1R.
  • The term “GLP-1 receptor agonist” as used herein refers to a compound which is an agonist of the human GLP-1 receptor, i.e. a compound that stimulates the formation of cAMP in a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor. GLP-1 receptor agonism, or potency, is determined as described below, in the section headed “Potency”, see also Example 13 herein.
  • Amino Acids and Peptides
  • The term “peptide”, as e.g. used in the context of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention, refers to a compound which comprises a series of amino acids intereconnected by amide (or peptide) bonds.
  • In a particular embodiment the peptide is to a large extent, or predominantly, composed of amino acids interconnected by amide bonds (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or at least 90%, by molar mass). In another particular embodiment the peptide consists of amino acids interconnected by peptide bonds.
  • The peptides of the invention comprise at least five constituent amino acids connected by peptide bonds. In particular embodiments the peptide comprises at least 10, preferably at least 15, more preferably at least 20, even more preferably at least 25, or most preferably at least 28 amino acids.
  • In particular embodiments, the peptide is composed of at least five constituent amino acids, preferably composed of at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, or most preferably composed of at least 28 amino acids.
  • In additional particular embodiments, the peptide is a) composed of, or b) consists of, i) 29, ii) 30, iii) 31, or iv) 32 amino acids.
  • In still further particular embodiments, the peptide is a) composed of, or b) consists of, i) 33, ii) 34, iii) 35, or iv) 36 amino acids.
  • In a still further particular embodiment the peptide consists of amino acids interconnected by peptide bonds.
  • Amino acids are molecules containing an amine group and a carboxylic acid group, and, optionally, one or more additional groups, often referred to as a side chain.
  • The term “amino acid” includes proteogenic amino acids (encoded by the genetic code, including natural amino acids, and standard amino acids), as well as non-proteogenic (not found in proteins, and/or not coded for in the standard genetic code), and synthetic amino acids. Thus, the amino acids may be selected from the group of proteinogenic amino acids, non-proteinogenic amino acids, and/or synthetic amino acids.
  • Non-limiting examples of amino acids which are not encoded by the genetic code are gamma-carboxyglutamate, ornithine, and phosphoserine. Non-limiting examples of synthetic amino acids are the D-isomers of the amino acids such as D-alanine and D-leucine, Aib (α-aminoisobutyric acid), β-alanine, and des-amino-histidine (desH, alternative name imidazopropionic acid, abbreviated Imp).
  • In what follows, all amino acids for which the optical isomer is not stated is to be understood to mean the L-isomer (unless otherwise specified).
  • GLP-1 Receptor Agonist Peptides, Fragments, Analogues, Residue Numbering, Identity
  • A “GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide” is a peptide as defined above, and also a GLP-1 receptor agonist as defined above.
  • The peptides of the invention are GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides.
  • Additional examples of GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides are the following known compounds: Human GLP-1(7-37), exendin-4(1-39), exendin-3(1-39), and GLP-1A(1-37).
  • In a particular embodiment, the GLP-1 receptor agonist compound of the invention may be derived, or is derivable, from any one or more of these known GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides.
  • The term “fragment” as it refers to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide means a peptide which is shorter than the peptide referred to.
  • In a particular embodiment corresponding to the definition of group P in formula I, the fragment lacks the two N-terminal amino acids as compared to the corresponding full-length peptide being a GLP-1 receptor agonist.
  • In another particular embodiment this particular fragment is not in itself a GLP-1 receptor agonist, due to a i) substantial, ii) preferably almost complete, or iii) more preferably for all practical purposes complete, loss of biological activity (i.e., GLP-1 receptor agonism).
  • Particular examples of P (fragments of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues) are the following: GLP-1(9-37), exendin-4(3-39), and GLP-1A(3-37), which are included in the appended sequence listing as SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 2, and SEQ ID NO: 3, respectively. Another example of P is exendin-3(3-39) which is variant D3 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • In the sequence listing, the first amino acid residue of the fragment of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), which is glutamic acid, is assigned no. 1. However, in what follows—according to established practice in the art—this glutamic acid residue is referred to as no. 9, and subsequent amino acid residues are numbered accordingly, ending with glycine no. 37.
  • Likewise, in the sequence listing, the first amino acid residue of exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), which is also glutamic acid, is assigned no. 1. However, in what follows—according to established practice in the art—this glutamic acid residue is referred to as no. 3, and subsequent amino acid residues are numbered accordingly, ending with serine as no. 39.
  • Likewise, in the sequence listing, the first amino acid residue of GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), which is aspartic acid, is assigned no. 1. However, in what follows—according to established practice in the art—this aspartic acid residue is referred to as no. 3, and subsequent amino acid residues are numbered accordingly, ending with serine as no. 37.
  • Therefore, generally, any reference herein to an amino acid residue number or a position number in the context of the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3 or analogues thereof is to the sequence starting with Glu at position 9, Glu at position 3, or Asp at position 3, respectively; and ending with Gly at position 37, Ser at position 39, or Ser at pos. 37, respectively.
  • Additional particular examples of P are analogues of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 2, and/or SEQ ID NO: 3.
  • An “analogue” as used herein in the context of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3 refers to a peptide, or a compound, which is a variant of any one or more of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3.
  • In a particular embodiment, the analogue of SEQ ID NO: 1 refers to a modification of SEQ ID NO: 1 in which a number of amino acid residues have been exchanged as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1. These exchanges, or modifications, may represent, independently, one or more amino acid substitutions, additions, and/or deletions. Additions at the N-terminus are, however, preferably excluded. Analogues of SEQ ID NO: 2, and SEQ ID NO: 3 are defined similarly, by analogy to the definition of analogues of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • Analogues may be described by reference to a reference sequence, the number of the amino acid residue in the reference sequence corresponding to the one which is modified, i.e., its position, and to the actual modification.
  • In particular embodiments, the reference sequence is i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1); ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2); or iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • The following are non-limiting, illustrative examples of suitable analogue nomenclature, as used herein:
  • N9-[-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Lys18,Glu22,Gln34]GLP-1(9-37) peptide is a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention derivable from GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), i.e. P in Chem. 1 is an analogue of SEQ ID NO: 1, viz. the analogue in which the serine at position 18 has been substituted with lysine, the glycine at position 22 has been substituted with glutamic acid, and the lysine at position 34 has been substituted with glutamine;
  • N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)propylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1(9-37)Glu38-peptide is a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention derivable from GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), i.e. P in Chem. 1 is an analogue of SEQ ID NO: 1, viz. the analogue in which the alanine at position 30 has been substituted with glutamic acid, the arginine at position 36 has been substituted with lysine, and a glutamic acid has been added at the C-terminus, viz. at position 38; and
  • N3-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Arg17,Arg20,Arg33,Lys38]GLP-1A(3-37)-peptide is a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention derivable from GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), i.e. P in Chem. 1 is an analogue of SEQ ID NO: 3, viz. the analogue in which the lysines at position 17, 20, and 33 have been substituted with arginine, and a lysine has been added at the C-terminus, viz. at position 38.
  • This peptide, by the way, is also derivable from SEQ ID NO: 1, and it can therefore also be designated as analogue (17T, 18Q, 19Q, 21D, 22E, 23R, 26R, 30D, 33I, 34N, 36G, 37P, 38S, 39R, 40E, 41I, 42I, 43S, 44K) of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), having {2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}- attached to the N-terminus, N9.
  • As another example, a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention which “comprises at least one of the following substitutions as compared to GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1): 18K; 22E; 30E; 31H; 34Q,R; 36K; 37K; and/or 38E” refers to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide in which P of Chem. 1 is considered an analogue of SEQ ID NO: 1, which analogue has a lysine at position 18, a glutamic acid at position 22, a glutamic acid at position 30, a histidine at position 31, a glutamine at position 34, a lysine at position 36, a lysine at position 37, and/or a glutamic acid at position 38, and which analogue may comprise further modifications as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • As is apparent from the above examples, amino acid residues may be identified by their full name, their one-letter code, and/or their three-letter code. These three ways are fully equivalent.
  • The expressions “a position equivalent to” or “corresponding position” may be used to characterise the site of modification in a modified GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide sequence by reference to any one or more of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3. Equivalent or corresponding positions, as well as the number of modifications, are easily deduced, e.g. by simple handwriting and eyeballing; and/or a standard protein or peptide alignment program may be used, such as “align” which is a Needleman-Wunsch alignment. The algorithm is described in Needleman, S. B. and Wunsch, C. D., (1970), Journal of Molecular Biology, 48: 443-453, and the align program by Myers and W. Miller in “Optimal Alignments in Linear Space” CABIOS (computer applications in the biosciences) (1988) 4:11-17. For the alignment, the default scoring matrix BLOSUM50 and the default identity matrix may be used, and the penalty for the first residue in a gap may be set at −12, or preferably at −10, and the penalties for additional residues in a gap at −2, or preferably at −0.5.
  • This algorithm may also suitably be used for determining the degree of identity of the P-group of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention to each of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, and 3, e.g. with a view to determining which of these three sequences has the highest percentage of identity to the P-group in question, and thus for determining the number of amino acid residues that have been exchanged as compared to the closest related sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 1-3 (the one with the highest percentage of identity). If the percentages of identity of a given P group of a GLP-1 receptor agonist of the invention to SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, and 3, respectively, should happen to be the same, any of those having the same highest percentage of identity may be used for the determination. An example of such alignment is inserted hereinbelow, in which sequence no. 1 is SEQ ID NO: 1, and sequence no. 2 is SEQ ID NO: 3:
  • # 1: GLP1(9-37) # 2: GLP-1A(3-37) # Matrix: EBLOSUM62 # Gap_penalty: 10.0 # Extend_penalty: 0.5 # Length: 35 # Identity: 18/35 (51.4%) # Similarity: 22/35 (62.9%) # Gaps: 6/35 (17.1%) # Score: 92.0
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00013
  • The above alignment is just for illustration, as typically an analogue of one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 2, or 3 will be compared with either of these reference sequences.
  • In case of analogues comprising non-natural amino acids such as Imp, and/or Aib being included in the sequence, these may, for alignment purposes, be replaced with X. If desired, X can later be manually corrected.
  • Derivatives
  • The terms “derivative” as used herein in the context of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention means a chemically modified peptide or analogue, in which one or more substituents have been covalently attached to the peptide. The substituent(s) may also be referred to as side chain(s). In a particular embodiment, the derivative of the invention has one side chain. In another particular embodiment it has two side chains. For the purpose of this definition, the group Y—Z— of formula I is preferably not considered a substituent/side chain.
  • In particular embodiments, the side chain has at least 10 carbon atoms, or at least 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or at least 43 carbon atoms. In further particular embodiments, the side chain may further include at least 5 hetero atoms, in particular O and N, for example at least 7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 17, or at least 20 hetero atoms, such as at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 N-atoms, and/or at least 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 13, or 15 O-atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives include heterologous fusion proteins or conjugates of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention, with e.g. the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin such as IgG, with human albumin, with antibodies such as a glucagon binding antibody heavy chain variable region, or with fragments or analogues of any of these (see, e.g., US 2007/0161087, WO 2005/058958, and WO 2007/124463 A2). Additional examples include PEGylated peptides (see, e.g., WO 2005/058954, WO 2004/093823, and WO 2006/124529), as well as acylated peptides (see, e.g., WO 98/08871, WO2005/027978, WO 2006/097537, and WO 2009/030771).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the side chain is capable of forming non-covalent aggregates with albumin, thereby promoting the circulation of the derivative with the blood stream, and also having the effect of protracting the time of action of the derivative, due to the fact that the aggregate of the derivative and albumin is only slowly disintegrated to release the active pharmaceutical ingredient. Thus, a preferred substituent, or side chain, as a whole may be referred to as an albumin binding moiety.
  • In another particular embodiment, the albumin binding moiety comprises a portion which is particularly relevant for the albumin binding and thereby the protraction, which portion may accordingly be referred to as a protracting moiety. The protracting moiety may be at, or near, the opposite end of the albumin binding moiety, relative to its point of attachment to the peptide.
  • In a still further particular embodiment, the albumin binding moiety comprises a portion in-between the protracting moiety and the point of attachment to the peptide, which portion may be referred to as a linker, linker moiety, spacer, or the like. The presence of a linker is optional; hence if no linker is present the albumin binding moiety may be identical to the protracting moiety.
  • In particular embodiments, the albumin binding moiety and/or the protracting moiety is lipophilic, and/or negatively charged at physiological pH (7.4).
  • The albumin binding moiety, the protracting moiety, or the linker may be covalently attached to a lysine residue of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide by conjugation chemistry such as by alkylation, acylation, ester formation, or amide formation; or to a cysteine residue, such as by maleimide or haloacetamide (such as bromo-/fluoro-/iodo-) coupling.
  • In a preferred embodiment, an active ester of the albumin binding moiety and/or the protracting moiety, optionally with a linker, is covalently linked to an amino group of a lysine residue, preferably the epsilon amino group thereof, under formation of an amide bond (this process being referred to as acylation).
  • Unless otherwise stated, when reference is made to an acylation of a lysine residue, it is understood to be to the epsilon-amino group thereof.
  • In one embodiment, the invention relates to a derivative of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide which comprises, preferably has, an albumin binding moiety attached to one or more of 18K, 26K, 36K, and/or 37K, wherein reference may be had to the sequence of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1). As explained above, each residue number refers to the corresponding position in GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1). Furthermore, as also explained above, ordinary script may be used instead of superscript to designate the position number. E.g., “K18” is fully equivalent to “18K”.
  • Corresponding position numbers are preferably identified by handwriting and eyeballing, or by using a suitable alignment program, as explained above.
  • For the present purposes, the terms “albumin binding moiety”, “protracting moiety”, and “linker” include the un-reacted as well as the reacted forms of these molecules. Whether or not one or the other form is meant is clear from the context in which the term is used.
  • In one aspect the albumin binding moiety comprises, or consists of, a protracting moiety selected from

  • HOOC—(CH2)x—CO—*  Chem. 8

  • HOOC—C6H4—O—(CH2)y—CO—*  Chem. 9

  • R18—C6H4—(CH2)z—CO—*  Chem. 10
  • in which x is an integer in the range of 6-18, y is an integer in the range of 3-17, z is an integer in the range of 1-5, and R18 is a group having a molar mass not higher than 150 Da.
  • In one embodiment, *—(CH2)x—* refers to straight or branched, preferably straight, alkylene in which x is an integer in the range of 6-18.
  • In another embodiment, *—(CH2)y—* refers to straight or branched, preferably straight, alkylene in which y is an integer in the range of 3-17.
  • In a third embodiment, *—(CH2)z—* refers to straight or branched, preferably straight, alkylene in which z is an integer in the range of 1-5.
  • The molar mass (M) of a chemical substance (such as the group R1) is the mass of one mole of the substance. The molar mass is quoted in dalton, symbol Da, with the definition 1 Da=1 g/mol.
  • Molar mass may be calculated from standard atomic weights, and is often listed in chemical catalogues. The molar mass of a compound is given by the sum of the standard atomic weights of the atoms which form the compound multiplied by the molar mass constant, Mu which equals 1 g/mol. As an example, the molecular mass of tert. butyl (C4H9) is M(C4H9)═([4×12.01]+[9×1.008])×1 g/mol=57 Da.
  • Standard atomic weights are published by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC), and also reprinted in a wide variety of textbooks, commercial catalogues, wallcharts etc.
  • For the attachment to the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide, the acid group of the fatty acid, or one of the acid groups of the fatty diacid, forms an amide bond with the epsilon amino group of a lysine residue in the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide.
  • The term “fatty acid” refers to aliphatic monocarboxylic acids having from 4 to 28 carbon atoms, it is preferably unbranched, and/or even numbered, and it may be saturated or unsaturated.
  • The term “fatty diacid” refers to fatty acids as defined above but with an additional carboxylic acid group in the omega position. Thus, fatty diacids are dicarboxylic acids.
  • The nomenclature is as is usual in the art, for example *—COOH, as well as HOOC—*, refers to carboxy; *—C6H4—* to phenylene; *—CO—*, as well as *—OC—*, to carbonyl (O═C<**); and C6H5—O—* to phenoxy.
  • In particular embodiments, the aromatics, such as the phenoxy and the phenylene radicals, may be, independently, ortho, meta, or para.
  • In a preferred embodiment the linker moiety, if present, has from 5 to 30 C-atoms. In additional preferred embodiments, the linker moiety, if present, has from 4 to 20 hetero atoms. H-atoms are not hetero atoms.
  • In another embodiment, the linker comprises at least one OEG molecule, at least one glutamic acid residue, and/or at least one piperidine molecule, optionally substituted, or rather the corresponding radicals (OEG designates 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanic acid, i.e. this di-radical: *—NH—(CH2)2—O—(CH2)2—O—CH2—CO—*).
  • The amino acid glutamic acid comprises two carboxylic acid groups. Its gamma-carboxy group is preferably used for forming an amide bond with the epsilon-amino group of lysine, or with an amino group of an OEG molecule, if present, or with the amino group of another Glu residue, if present. The amino group of Glu in turn forms an amide bond with the carboxy group of the protracting moiety, or with the carboxy group of an OEG molecule, if present, or with the gamma-carboxy group of another Glu, if present. This way of inclusion of Glu is occasionally briefly referred to as “gamma-Glu”.
  • The derivatives of the invention may exist in different stereoisomeric forms having the same molecular formula and sequence of bonded atoms, but differing only in the three-dimensional orientation of their atoms in space. The stereoisomerism of the exemplified derivatives of the invention is indicated in the experimental section, in the names as well as the structures, using standard nomenclature. Unless otherwise stated the invention relates to all stereoisomeric forms of the claimed derivative.
  • The concentration in plasma of the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides and derivatives of the invention may be determined using any suitable method. For example, LC-MS (Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectroscopy) may be used, or immunoassays such as RIA (Radio Immuno Assay), ELISA (Enzyme-Linked Immuno Sorbent Assay), and LOCI (Luminescence Oxygen Channeling Immunoasssay). General protocols for suitable RIA and ELISA assays are found in, e.g., WO09/030,738 on p. 116-118. A preferred assay is the LOCI assay in which the plasma concentrations of the compounds are determined using a Luminescence Oxygen Channeling Immunoasssay (LOCI), generally as described for the determination of insulin by Poulsen and Jensen in Journal of Biomolecular Screening 2007, vol. 12, p. 240-247. The donor beads are coated with streptavidin, while acceptor beads are conjugated with a monoclonal antibody recognising a mid-/C-terminal epitope of the peptide. Another monoclonal antibody, specific for the N-terminus, is biotinylated. The three reactants are combined with the analyte and form a two-sited immuno-complex. Illumination of the complex releases singlet oxygen atoms from the donor beads, which are channeled into the acceptor beads and trigger chemiluminescence which is measured in an Envision plate reader. The amount of light is proportional to the concentration of the compound.
  • Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salt, Amide, or Ester
  • The GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides, derivatives, and intermediate products of the invention may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester.
  • Salts are e.g. formed by a chemical reaction between a base and an acid, e.g.: NH3+H2SO4→(NH4)2SO4.
  • The salt may be a basic salt, an acid salt, or it may be neither nor (i.e. a neutral salt). Basic salts produce hydroxide ions and acid salts hydronium ions in water.
  • The salts of the peptides and derivatives of the invention may be formed with added cations or anions that react with anionic or cationic groups, respectively. These groups may be situated in the peptide moiety, and/or in the side chain of the compounds of the invention.
  • Non-limiting examples of anionic groups of the compounds of the invention include free carboxylic groups in the side chain, if any, as well as in the peptide moiety. The peptide moiety often includes a free carboxylic acid group at the C-terminus, and it may also include free carboxylic groups at internal acid amino acid residues such as Asp and Glu.
  • Non-limiting examples of cationic groups in the peptide moiety include the free amino group at the N-terminus, if present, as well as any free amino group of internal basic amino acid residues such as His, Arg, and Lys.
  • The ester of the peptides and derivatives of the invention may, e.g., be formed by the reaction of a free carboxylic acid group with an alcohol or a phenol, which leads to replacement of at least one hydroxyl group by an alkoxy or aryloxy group
  • The ester formation may involve the free carboxylic group at the C-terminus of the peptide, and/or any free carboxylic group in the side chain.
  • The amide of the peptides and derivatives of the invention may, e.g., be formed by the reaction of a free carboxylic acid group with an amine or a substituted amine, or by reaction of a free or substituted amino group with a carboxylic acid.
  • The amide formation may involve the free carboxylic group at the C-terminus of the peptide, any free carboxylic group in the side chain, the free amino group at the N-terminus of the peptide, and/or any free or substituted amino group of the peptide in the peptide and/or the side chain.
  • In a particular embodiment, the peptide or derivative is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In another particular embodiment, the peptide or derivative is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable amide, preferably with an amide group at the C-terminus of the peptide. In a still further particular embodiment, the peptide or derivative is in the form a pharmaceutically acceptable ester.
  • Intermediate Compounds
  • The invention also relates to an intermediate product of the formula Chem. 50 or Chem. 51:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00014
  • wherein Q, R, R1, and R2 are as defined for the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention, having the formula Chem. 1, and each of PG1 and PG2 represents a protection group.
  • Non-limiting examples of PG1 groups are Boc, Trt, Mtt, Mmt, and Fmoc.
  • Non-limiting examples of PG2 groups are —OH, or groups functionalised as an activated ester, for example, without limitation, OPfp, OPnp, and OSuc.
  • Other suitable activated esters may be selected, e.g., according to the teaching of M. Bodanszky, “Principles of Peptide Synthesis”, 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, 1993.
  • Functional Properties
  • In a first functional aspect, the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides and/or derivatives of the invention have a good potency. Also, or alternatively, in a second functional aspect, they have a protracted pharmacokinetic profile. Also, or alternatively, in a third functional aspect, they are stable against degradation by gastro intestinal enzymes. Also, or alternatively, in a fourth functional aspect, they have a high oral bioavailability.
  • Biological Activity (Potency)
  • According to the first functional aspect, the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives are biologically active, or have a good potency.
  • Surprisingly, they have an improved potency as compared to the comparative compound of Example 11 (Chem. 40) herein, which is based on one of the most potent compounds of the prior art, viz. compound 215 of WO2004/067548.
  • Also, or additionally, the derivatives of the invention have a high binding affinity to the GLP-1 receptor at low albumin concentration (0.005%), i.e. a low IC50 value, which is discussed further below under the heading of receptor binding.
  • As regards potency, the term half maximal effective concentration (EC50) generally refers to the concentration which induces a response halfway between the baseline and maximum, by reference to the dose response curve. EC50 is used as a measure of the potency of a compound and represents the concentration where 50% of its maximal effect is observed.
  • The in vitro potency of the derivatives of the invention may be determined as described hereinbelow, and the EC50 of the derivative in question determined. The lower the EC50, the better the potency.
  • In a particular embodiment, the derivatives of the invention are at least 3 times more potent than Chem. 40; preferably at least 4 times more potent; even more preferably at least 5 times more potent; or most preferably at least 6 times more potent than Chem. 40.
  • In another particular embodiment, the derivatives of the invention are at least 7 times more potent than Chem. 40; preferably at least 8 times more potent; even more preferably at least 9 times more potent; or most preferably at least 10 times more potent than Chem. 40.
  • In another particular embodiment, the derivatives of the invention are at least 20 times more potent than Chem. 40; preferably at least 50 times more potent; even more preferably at least 100 times more potent; still more preferably at least 200 times more potent; or most preferably at least 400 times more potent than Chem. 40.
  • Potency is preferably determined as described below, and it is noted that a, e.g., three times more potent compound has an EC50 which is three times lower.
  • In a particular embodiment, potency and/or activity refers to in vitro potency, i.e. performance in a functional GLP-1 receptor assay, more in particular to the capability of stimulating cAMP formation in a cell line expressing the cloned human GLP-1 receptor.
  • The stimulation of the formation of cAMP in a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor may preferably be determined using a stable transfected cell-line such as BHK467-12A (tk-ts13), and/or using for the determination of cAMP a functional receptor assay, e.g. based on competition between endogenously formed cAMP and exogenously added biotin-labelled cAMP, in which assay cAMP is more preferably captured using a specific antibody, and/or wherein an even more preferred assay is the AlphaScreen cAMP Assay, most preferably the one described in Example 13.
  • In an additional particular embodiment, the medium has the following composition (final in-assay concentrations):): 50 mM TRIS-HCl; 5 mM HEPES; 10 mM MgCl2, 6H2O; 150 mM NaCl; 0.01% Tween; 0.1% BSA; 0.5 mM IBMX; 1 mM ATP; 1 uM GTP; pH 7.4.
  • In a further particular embodiment, the GLP-1 receptor agonist has anEC50 below 2000 pM, preferably below 1800 pM, more preferably below 1700 pM, even more preferably below 1600 pM, or most preferably below 1500 pM.
  • In another particular embodiment the derivatives of the invention are potent in vivo, which may be determined as is known in the art in any suitable animal model, as well as in clinical trials. The diabetic db/db mouse is one example of a suitable animal model, and the blood glucose lowering effect may be determined in such mice in vivo, e.g. as described in Example 43 of WO09/030,738.
  • Protraction—Receptor Binding—High and Low Albumin
  • According to the second functional aspect, the derivatives of the invention are protracted.
  • A suitable assay for determining receptor binding of the peptides and derivatives of the invention at high and low albumin concentration is disclosed in Example 14 herein. Generally, the binding to the GLP-1 receptor at low albumin concentration should be as good as possible, corresponding to a low IC50 value.
  • The IC50 value at high albumin concentration is a measure of the influence of albumin on the binding of the compound to the GLP-1 receptor. As is known, the peptides GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide derivatives of the invention also bind to albumin. This is a generally desirable effect, which extends their lifetime in plasma. Therefore, the IC50 value at high albumin will generally be higher than the IC50 value at low albumin, corresponding to a reduced binding to the GLP-1 receptor, caused by albumin binding competing with the binding to the GLP-1 receptor.
  • A high ratio (IC50 value (high albumin)/IC50 value (low albumin)) may therefore be taken as an indication that the derivative in question binds well to albumin (may have a long half-life), and also per se binds well to the GLP-1 receptor (the IC50 value (high albumin) is high, and the IC50 value (low albumin) is low). On the other hand, albumin binding may not always be desirable, or the binding to albumin may become too strong. Therefore, the desirable ranges for IC50 (low albumin), IC50 (high albumin)/, and the ratio high/low may vary from compound to compound, depending on the intended use and the circumstances surrounding such use, and on other compound properties of potential interest.
  • In a particular embodiment, the peptides and derivatives of the invention have a high binding affinity to the GLP-1 receptor at low albumin concentration (0.005%), i.e. a low IC50 value.
  • In a particular embodiment, the GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC50) in the presence of 0.005% HSA (low albumin) is below 600.00 nM, preferably below 500.00 nM, more preferably below 200.00 nM, even more preferably below 100.00 nM, or most preferably below 45.00 nM.
  • Degradation by Gastro Intestinal Enzymes
  • According to the third functional aspect, the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides and/or derivatives of the invention are stable, or stabilised, against degradation by one or more gastro intestinal enzymes.
  • Gastro intestinal enzymes include, without limitation, exo and endo peptidases, such as pepsin, trypsin, chymotrypsin, elastases, and carboxypeptidases. The stability may be tested against these gastro intestinal enzymes in the form of purified enzymes, or in the form of extracts from the gastrointestinal system.
  • In a particular embodiment, the derivative of the invention has an in vitro half-life (T1/2), in an extract of rat small intestines, divided by the corresponding half-life (T1/2) of GLP-1(7-37), of above 1.0, preferably above 2.0, more preferably above 3.0, even more preferably above 4.0, or most preferably above 5.0. In other words, a ratio (SI) may be defined for each derivative, viz. as the in vitro half-life (T1/2) of the derivative in question, in an extract of rat small intestines, divided by the corresponding half-life (T1/2) of GLP-1(7-37).
  • A suitable assay for determining in vitro half-life in an extract of rat small intestines is disclosed in Example 57 of a PCT application entitled “Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives” filed with the EPO as receiving office, by Novo Nordisk A/S, on the same date as the present application.
  • Protraction—Half Life In Vivo in Rats
  • According to the second functional aspect, the derivatives of the invention are protracted. In a particular embodiment, protraction may be determined as half-life (T1/2) in vivo in rats after i.v. administration. In additional embodiments, the half-life is at least 4 hours, preferably at least 5 hours, even more preferably at least 6 hours, or most preferably at least 8 hours.
  • A suitable assay for determining half-life in vivo in rats after i.v. administration is disclosed in Example 58 of a PCT application entitled “Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives” filed with the EPO as receiving office, by Novo Nordisk A/S, on the same date as the present application.
  • Protraction—Half Life In Vivo in Minipigs
  • According to the second functional aspect, the derivatives of the invention are protracted. In a particular embodiment protraction may be determined as half-life (T1/2) in vivo in minipigs after i.v. administration. In additional embodiments, the half-life is at least 12 hours, preferably at least 24 hours, more preferably at least 36 hours, even more preferably at least 48 hours, or most preferably at least 60 hours.
  • A suitable assay for determining half-life in vivo in minipigs after i.v. administration is disclosed in Example 16 herein.
  • Oral Bioavailability
  • According to the fourth functional aspect, the derivatives of the invention have a high oral bioavailability.
  • The oral bioavailability of commercial GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide derivatives is very low. The oral bioavailability of such derivatives under development for i.v. or s.c. administration is also low.
  • Accordingly, there is a need in the art for derivatives of an improved oral bioavailability. Such derivatives could be suitable candidates for oral administration, as long as their potency is generally satisfactory, and/or as long as their half-life is also generally satisfactory.
  • The present inventors identified a novel class of GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide derivatives, which have a high oral bioavailability, and at the same time a satisfactory potency, and/or half-life.
  • Also, or alternatively, these derivatives have a high oral bioavailability, and at the same time a high binding affinity (i.e. a low IC50 value) to the GLP-1 receptor at a low concentration of albumin.
  • These features are of importance with a view to obtaining a low daily oral dose of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, which is desirable for various reasons, including, e.g., economy of production, likelihood of potential safety issues, as well as administration comfort issues, and environmental concerns.
  • Generally, the term bioavailability of a GLP-1 receptor agonist compound of the invention refers to the fraction of an administered dose of the compound that reaches the systemic circulation unchanged. By definition, when a medication is administered intravenously, its bioavailability is 100%. However, when a medication is administered via other routes (such as orally), its bioavailability decreases (due to incomplete absorption and first-pass metabolism). Knowledge about bioavailability is essential when calculating dosages for non-intravenous routes of administration.
  • Absolute oral bioavailability compares the bioavailability (estimated as the area under the curve, or AUC) of the active drug in systemic circulation following oral administration, with the bioavailability of the same drug following intravenous administration. It is the fraction of the drug absorbed through non-intravenous administration compared with the corresponding intravenous administration of the same drug. The comparison must be dose normalised if different doses are used; consequently, each AUC is corrected by dividing the corresponding dose administered.
  • A plasma drug concentration vs time plot is made after both oral and intravenous administration. The absolute bioavailability (F) is the dose-corrected AUC-oral divided by AUC-intravenous.
  • The GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds of the invention have an absolute oral bioavailability which is higher than that of a) liraglutide, and/or b) semaglutide; preferably at least 10% higher, more preferably at least 20% higher, even more preferably at least 30% higher, or most preferably at least 40% higher. Before testing oral bioavailability the GLP-1 receptor agonist compounds of the invention may suitably be formulated as is known in the art of oral formulations of insulinotropic compounds, e.g. using any one or more of the formulations described in WO 2008/145728.
  • A test has been developed, described in Example 15, which was found to be a very good prediction of oral bioavailability. According to this test, after direct injection of a GLP-1 derivative into the intestinal lumen of rats, the concentration (exposure) thereof in plasma is determined, and the ratio of plasma concentration (pmol/l) divided by the concentration of the dosing solution (umol/l) is calculated for t=30 min. This ratio is a measure of intestinal bioavailability, and it has shown to correlate nicely with actual oral bioavailability data.
  • Additional particular embodiments of the derivatives of the invention are described in the section headed “particular embodiments” before the experimental section.
  • Production Processes
  • The production of peptides like for example GLP-1(7-37) and analogues thereof is well known in the art.
  • The fragment P of the peptides of formula I of the invention may for instance be produced by classical peptide synthesis, e.g., solid phase peptide synthesis using t-Boc or Fmoc chemistry or other well established techniques, see, e.g., Greene and Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, Florencio Zaragoza Dörwald, “Organic Synthesis on solid Phase”, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, 2000, and “Fmoc Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis”, Edited by W. C. Chan and P. D. White, Oxford University Press, 2000.
  • Also, or alternatively, it may be produced by recombinant methods, viz. by culturing a host cell containing a DNA sequence encoding the fragment and capable of expressing the peptide in a suitable nutrient medium under conditions permitting the expression of the peptide. Non-limiting examples of host cells suitable for expression of these peptides are: Escherichia coli, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, as well as mammalian BHK or CHO cell lines.
  • The complete GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides of the invention incorporating, viz. adding Y—Z to P of formula I, may e.g. be produced as described in the experimental part. Or see Hodgson et al: “The synthesis of peptides and proteins containing non-natural amino acids”, Chemical Society Reviews, vol. 33, no. 7 (2004), p. 422-430; and in WO 2009/083549 A1 entitled “Semi-recombinant preparation of GLP-1 analogues”.
  • Derivatives of the invention may be prepared as is known in the art, and specific examples of methods of preparing a number of derivatives of the invention are included in the experimental part herein.
  • Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a peptide or a derivative of the invention; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may be prepared as is known in the art.
  • The term “excipient” broadly refers to any component other than the active therapeutic ingredient(s). The excipient may be an inert substance, an inactive substance, and/or a not medicinally active substance.
  • The excipient may serve various purposes, e.g. as a carrier, vehicle, diluent, tablet aid, and/or to improve administration, and/or absorption of the active substance.
  • The formulation of pharmaceutically active ingredients with various excipients is known in the art, see e.g. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (e.g. 19th edition (1995), and any later editions).
  • Non-limiting examples of excipients are: Solvents, diluents, buffers, preservatives, tonicity regulating agents, chelating agents, and stabilisers.
  • Examples of formulations include liquid formulations, i.e. aqueous formulations comprising water. A liquid formulation may be a solution, or a suspension. An aqueous formulation typically comprises at least 50% w/w water, or at least 60%, 70%, 80%, or even at least 90% w/w of water.
  • Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition may be a solid formulation, e.g. a freeze-dried or spray-dried composition, which may be used as is, or whereto the physician or the patient adds solvents, and/or diluents prior to use.
  • The pH in an aqueous formulation may be anything between pH 3 and pH 10, for example from about 7.0 to about 9.5; or from about 3.0 to about 7.0.
  • A pharmaceutical composition may comprise a buffer. The buffer may e.g. be selected from the group consisting of sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, citrate, glycylglycine, histidine, glycine, lysine, arginine, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, and tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethan, bicine, tricine, malic acid, succinate, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, aspartic acid, and mixtures thereof. A pharmaceutical composition may comprise a preservative. The preservative may e.g. be selected from the group consisting of phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenoxyethanol, butyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenylethanol, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, and thiomerosal, bronopol, benzoic acid, imidurea, chlorohexidine, sodium dehydroacetate, chlorocresol, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate, benzethonium chloride, chlorphenesine (3p-chlorphenoxypropane-1,2-diol), and mixtures thereof. The preservative may be present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 20 mg/ml. A pharmaceutical composition may comprise an isotonic agent. The isotonic agent may e.g. be selected from the group consisting of a salt (e.g. sodium chloride), a sugar or sugar alcohol, an amino acid (e.g. glycine, histidine, arginine, lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine), an alditol (e.g. glycerol (glycerine), 1,2-propanediol (propyleneglycol), 1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol) polyethyleneglycol (e.g. PEG400), and mixtures thereof. Any sugar such as mono-, di-, or polysaccharides, or water-soluble glucans, including for example fructose, glucose, mannose, sorbose, xylose, maltose, lactose, sucrose, trehalose, dextran, pullulan, dextrin, cyclodextrin, alfa and beta HPCD, soluble starch, hydroxyethyl starch and carboxymethylcellulose-Na may be used. Sugar alcohol is defined as a C4-C8 hydrocarbon having at least one —OH group and includes, for example, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, galactitol, dulcitol, xylitol, and arabitol. In one embodiment, the sugar alcohol additive is mannitol. A pharmaceutical composition may comprise a chelating agent. The chelating agent may e.g. be selected from salts of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid, and aspartic acid, and mixtures thereof. A pharmaceutical composition may comprise a stabiliser. The stabiliser may e.g. be one or more oxidation inhibitors, aggregation inhibitors, surfactants, and/or one or more protease inhibitors. Non-limiting examples of these various kinds of stabilisers are disclosed in the following.
  • The term “aggregate formation” refers to a physical interaction between the peptide molecules resulting in formation of oligomers, which may remain soluble, or large visible aggregates that precipitate from the solution. Aggregate formation by a peptide during storage of a liquid pharmaceutical composition can adversely affect biological activity of that polypeptide, resulting in loss of therapeutic efficacy of the pharmaceutical composition. Furthermore, aggregate formation may cause other problems such as blockage of tubing, membranes, or pumps when the polypeptide-containing pharmaceutical composition is administered using an infusion system.
  • A pharmaceutical composition may comprise an amount of an amino acid base sufficient to decrease aggregate formation of the polypeptide during storage of the composition. The term “amino acid base” refers to one or more amino acids (such as methionine, histidine, imidazole, arginine, lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine), or analogues thereof. Any amino acid may be present either in its free base form or in its salt form. Any stereoisomer (i.e., L, D, or a mixture thereof) of the amino acid base may be present.
  • Methionine (or other sulphuric amino acids or amino acid analogous) may be added to inhibit oxidation of methionine residues to methionine sulfoxide when the polypeptide acting as the therapeutic agent is a polypeptide comprising at least one methionine residue susceptible to such oxidation. Any stereoisomer of methionine (L or D) or combinations thereof can be used.
  • A the pharmaceutical composition may comprise a stabiliser selected from the group of high molecular weight polymers or low molecular compounds. The stabiliser may e.g. be selected from polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 3350), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyvinylpyrrolidone, carboxy-/hydroxycellulose or derivates thereof (e.g. HPC, HPC-SL, HPC-L and HPMC), cyclodextrins, sulphur-containing substances as monothioglycerol, thioglycolic acid and 2-methylthioethanol, and different salts (e.g. sodium chloride). A pharmaceutical composition may comprise additional stabilising agents such as, but not limited to, methionine and EDTA, which protect the polypeptide against methionine oxidation, and a nonionic surfactant, which protects the polypeptide against aggregation associated with freeze-thawing or mechanical shearing.
  • A pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more surfactants, preferably a surfactant, at least one surfactant, or two different surfactants. The term “surfactant” refers to any molecules or ions that are comprised of a water-soluble (hydrophilic) part, and a fat-soluble (lipophilic) part. The surfactant may e.g. be selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, and/or zwitterionic surfactants.
  • A pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more protease inhibitors, such as, e.g., EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid), and/or benzamidineHCl.
  • Additional, optional, ingredients of a pharmaceutical composition include, e.g., wetting agents, emulsifiers, antioxidants, bulking agents, metal ions, oily vehicles, proteins (e.g., human serum albumin, gelatine), and/or a zwitterion (e.g., an amino acid such as betaine, taurine, arginine, glycine, lysine and histidine).
  • Still further, a pharmaceutical composition may be formulated as is known in the art of oral formulations of insulinotropic compounds, e.g. using any one or more of the formulations described in WO 2008/145728.
  • An administered dose may contain from 0.01 mg-100 mg of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivative, or from 0.01-50 mg, or from 0.01-20 mg, or from 0.01-10 mg of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivative.
  • The derivative may be administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. It may be administered to a patient in need thereof at several sites, for example, at topical sites such as skin or mucosal sites; at sites which bypass absorption such as in an artery, in a vein, or in the heart; and at sites which involve absorption, such as in the skin, under the skin, in a muscle, or in the abdomen.
  • The route of administration may be, for example, lingual; sublingual; buccal; in the mouth; oral; in the stomach; in the intestine; nasal; pulmonary, such as through the bronchioles, the alveoli, or a combination thereof; parenteral, epidermal; dermal; transdermal; conjunctival; uretal; vaginal; rectal; and/or ocular. A composition may be an oral composition, and the route of administration is per oral.
  • A composition may be administered in several dosage forms, for example as a solution; a suspension; an emulsion; a microemulsion; multiple emulsions; a foam; a salve; a paste; a plaster; an ointment; a tablet; a coated tablet; a chewing gum; a rinse; a capsule such as hard or soft gelatine capsules; a suppositorium; a rectal capsule; drops; a gel; a spray; a powder; an aerosol; an inhalant; eye drops; an ophthalmic ointment; an ophthalmic rinse; a vaginal pessary; a vaginal ring; a vaginal ointment; an injection solution; an in situ transforming solution such as in situ gelling, setting, precipitating, and in situ crystallisation; an infusion solution; or as an implant. A composition may be a tablet, optionally coated, a capsule, or a chewing gum.
  • A composition may further be compounded in a drug carrier or drug delivery system, e.g. in order to improve stability, bioavailability, and/or solubility. In a particular embodiment a composition may be attached to such system through covalent, hydrophobic, and/or electrostatic interactions. The purpose of such compounding may be, e.g., to decrease adverse effects, achieve chronotherapy, and/or increase patient compliance.
  • A composition may also be used in the formulation of controlled, sustained, protracting, retarded, and/or slow release drug delivery systems.
  • Parenteral administration may be performed by subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or intravenous injection by means of a syringe, optionally a pen-like syringe, or by means of an infusion pump.
  • A composition may be administered nasally in the form of a solution, a suspension, or a powder; or it may be administered pulmonally in the form of a liquid or powder spray.
  • Transdermal administration is a still further option, e.g. by needle-free injection, from a patch such as an iontophoretic patch, or via a transmucosal route, e.g. buccally.
  • A composition may be a stabilised formulation. The term “stabilised formulation” refers to a formulation with increased physical and/or chemical stability, preferably both. In general, a formulation must be stable during use and storage (in compliance with recommended use and storage conditions) until the expiration date is reached.
  • The term “physical stability” refers to the tendency of the polypeptide to form biologically inactive and/or insoluble aggregates as a result of exposure to thermo-mechanical stress, and/or interaction with destabilising interfaces and surfaces (such as hydrophobic surfaces). The physical stability of an aqueous polypeptide formulation may be evaluated by means of visual inspection, and/or by turbidity measurements after exposure to mechanical/physical stress (e.g. agitation) at different temperatures for various time periods. Alternatively, the physical stability may be evaluated using a spectroscopic agent or probe of the conformational status of the polypeptide such as e.g. Thioflavin T or “hydrophobic patch” probes.
  • The term “chemical stability” refers to chemical (in particular covalent) changes in the polypeptide structure leading to formation of chemical degradation products potentially having a reduced biological potency, and/or increased immunogenic effect as compared to the intact polypeptide. The chemical stability can be evaluated by measuring the amount of chemical degradation products at various time-points after exposure to different environmental conditions, e.g. by SEC-HPLC, and/or RP-HPLC.
  • The treatment with a derivative according to the present invention may also be combined with one or more additional pharmacologically active substances, e.g. selected from antidiabetic agents, antiobesity agents, appetite regulating agents, antihypertensive agents, agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes and agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications and disorders resulting from or associated with obesity. Examples of these pharmacologically active substances are: Insulin, sulphonylureas, biguanides, meglitinides, glucosidase inhibitors, glucagon antagonists, DPP-IV (dipeptidyl peptidase-IV) inhibitors, inhibitors of hepatic enzymes involved in stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenolysis, glucose uptake modulators, compounds modifying the lipid metabolism such as antihyperlipidemic agents as HMG CoA inhibitors (statins), Gastric Inhibitory Polypeptides (GIP analogs), compounds lowering food intake, RXR agonists and agents acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the β-cells; Cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol, dextrothyroxine, neteglinide, repaglinide; β-blockers such as alprenolol, atenolol, timolol, pindolol, propranolol and metoprolol, ACE (angiotensin converting enzyme) inhibitors such as benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, alatriopril, quinapril and ramipril, calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine, felodipine, nicardipine, isradipine, nimodipine, diltiazem and verapamil, and α-blockers such as doxazosin, urapidil, prazosin and terazosin; CART (cocaine amphetamine regulated transcript) agonists, NPY (neuropeptide Y) antagonists, PYY agonists, Y2 receptor agonists, Y4 receptor agonits, mixed Y2/Y4 receptor agonists, MC4 (melanocortin 4) agonists, orexin antagonists, TNF (tumor necrosis factor) agonists, CRF (corticotropin releasing factor) agonists, CRF BP (corticotropin releasing factor binding protein) antagonists, urocortin agonists, agonists, oxyntomodulin and analogues, MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone) agonists, MCH (melanocyte-concentrating hormone) antagonists, CCK (cholecystokinin) agonists, serotonin re-uptake inhibitors, serotonin and noradrenaline re-uptake inhibitors, mixed serotonin and noradrenergic compounds, 5HT (serotonin) agonists, bombesin agonists, galanin antagonists, growth hormone, growth hormone releasing compounds, TRH (thyreotropin releasing hormone) agonists, UCP 2 or 3 (uncoupling protein 2 or 3) modulators, leptin agonists, DA agonists (bromocriptin, doprexin), lipase/amylase inhibitors, RXR (retinoid X receptor) modulators, TR β agonists; histamine H3 antagonists, Gastric Inhibitory Polypeptide agonists or antagonists (GIP analogs), gastrin and gastrin analogs.
  • The treatment with a derivative according to this invention may also be combined with a surgery that influences the glucose levels, and/or lipid homeostasis such as gastric banding or gastric bypass.
  • Pharmaceutical Indications
  • The present invention also relates to a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of the invention, and a derivative thereof, for use as a medicament.
  • In particular embodiments, these compounds may be used for the following medical treatments, all preferably relating one way or the other to diabetes:
  • (i) prevention and/or treatment of all forms of diabetes, such as hyperglycemia, type 2 diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, type 1 diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes, MODY (maturity onset diabetes of the young), gestational diabetes, and/or for reduction of HbA1C;
  • (ii) delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression, such as progression in type 2 diabetes, delaying the progression of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes, and/or delaying the progression of non-insulin requiring type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring type 2 diabetes;
  • (iii) improving β-cell function, such as decreasing β-cell apoptosis, increasing β-cell function and/or β-cell mass, and/or for restoring glucose sensitivity to β-cells; (iv) prevention and/or treatment of cognitive disorders;
  • (v) prevention and/or treatment of eating disorders, such as obesity, e.g. by decreasing food intake, reducing body weight, suppressing appetite, inducing satiety; treating or preventing binge eating disorder, bulimia nervosa, and/or obesity induced by administration of an antipsychotic or a steroid; reduction of gastric motility; and/or delaying gastric emptying;
  • (vi) prevention and/or treatment of diabetic complications, such as neuropathy, including peripheral neuropathy; nephropathy; or retinopathy;
  • (vii) improving lipid parameters, such as prevention and/or treatment of dyslipidemia, lowering total serum lipids; lowering HDL; lowering small, dense LDL; lowering VLDL: lowering triglycerides; lowering cholesterol; increasing HDL; lowering plasma levels of lipoprotein a (Lp(a)) in a human; inhibiting generation of apolipoprotein a (apo(a)) in vitro and/or in vivo;
  • (iix) prevention and/or treatment of cardiovascular diseases, such as syndrome X; atherosclerosis; myocardial infarction; coronary heart disease; stroke, cerebral ischemia; an early cardiac or early cardiovascular disease, such as left ventricular hypertrophy; coronary artery disease; essential hypertension; acute hypertensive emergency; cardiomyopathy; heart insufficiency; exercise tolerance; chronic heart failure; arrhythmia; cardiac dysrhythmia; syncopy; atheroschlerosis; mild chronic heart failure; angina pectoris; cardiac bypass reocclusion; intermittent claudication (atheroschlerosis oblitterens); diastolic dysfunction; and/or systolic dysfunction;
  • (ix) prevention and/or treatment of gastrointestinal diseases, such as inflammatory bowel syndrome; small bowel syndrome, or Crohn's disease; dyspepsia; and/or gastric ulcers;
  • (x) prevention and/or treatment of critical illness, such as treatment of a critically ill patient, a critical illness poly-nephropathy (CIPNP) patient, and/or a potential CIPNP patient; prevention of critical illness or development of CIPNP; prevention, treatment and/or cure of systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) in a patient; and/or for the prevention or reduction of the likelihood of a patient suffering from bacteraemia, septicaemia, and/or septic shock during hospitalisation; and/or
  • (xi) prevention and/or treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS).
  • In a particular embodiment, the indication is selected from the group consisting of (i)-(iii) and (v)-(iix), such as indications (i), (ii), and/or (iii); or indication (v), indication (vi), indication (vii), and/or indication (iix).
  • In another particular embodiment, the indication is (i). In a further particular embodiment the indication is (v). In a still further particular embodiment the indication is (iix).
  • The following indications are particularly preferred: Type 2 diabetes, and/or obesity.
  • PARTICULAR EMBODIMENTS
  • The following are particular embodiments of the invention:
  • 1. A GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide having the formula Chem. 1:

  • Y—Z—P,  Chem. 1
  • wherein
    P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues;
    Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00015
      • wherein
      • W represents a group of formula Chem. 3:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00016
        • wherein
          • R1 and R2 independently represent
            • (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or
          • R1 and R2 together form
            • (ii) cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl, with the proviso that
            • (iii) R1 and R2 do not both represent hydrogen;
              and
              Y represents a group of formula Chem. 4 or Chem. 5:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00017
  • wherein
      • X1 is N, O, or S; X2, X3, X4, and X5 independently represent C, or N, with the proviso that at least one of X2, X3, X4 and X5 is C;
      • R11, R12, R13, and R14 independently represent
        • hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl;
      • Q represents a bond, or a group of formula Chem. 6:

  • *—(C(R15)(R16))q—*,  Chem. 6
          • wherein
            • q is 1-6, and
            • R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; and
      • R represents hydrogen, or alkyl;
        or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
        2. The peptide of embodiment 1, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, alkyl ester, or aryl ester; wherein preferably alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, and/or alkyl ester contains lower alkyl, straight or branched, more preferably having 1-6 C-atoms.
        3. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-2, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy, wherein the lower alkyl and lower alkoxy, independently, have 1-5 C-atoms, preferably 1-4 C-atoms, or most preferably 1-3 C-atoms.
        4. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-3, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl having 1-2 C-atoms (ethyl, or methyl), or alkoxy having 1-2 C-atoms (ethoxy, methoxy).
        5. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-4, wherein R1 and R2 are methyl or methoxy, preferably methyl.
        6. The peptide of embodiment 1, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, alkyl ester, or aryl ester; wherein preferably alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, and/or alkyl ester contains lower alkyl, straight or branched, more preferably having 1-6 C-atoms.
        7. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1 and 6, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy, wherein the lower alkyl and lower alkoxy, independently, have 1-5 C-atoms, preferably 1-4 C-atoms, or most preferably 1-3 C-atoms.
        8. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1, and 6-7, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent alkyl having 1-2 C-atoms (ethyl, or methyl), or alkoxy having 1-2 C-atoms (ethoxy, methoxy).
        9. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1, and 6-8, wherein R1 and R2 are methyl or methoxy, preferably methyl.
        10. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-9, wherein Z is a group of formula Chem. 7):
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00018
  • 11. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-10, wherein Y is Chem. 4.
    12. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-11, wherein X1 is N.
    13. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-12, wherein one of X2, X3, X4, and X5 is N.
    14. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-13, preferably the peptide of embodiment 12, wherein i) X3 is N; ii) X4 is N; iii) X5 is N; or X2 is N.
    15. The peptide of embodiment any one of embodiments 1-14, wherein R11 and R12 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, alkyl ester, or aryl ester; wherein preferably alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, and/or alkyl ester contains lower alkyl, straight or branched, more preferably having 1-6 C-atoms.
    16. The peptide of any one of embodiment 1-15, wherein R11 and R12 independently represent hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy, wherein the lower alkyl and lower alkoxy, independently, have 1-5 C-atoms, preferably 1-4 C-atoms, or most preferably 1-3 C-atoms.
    17. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-16, wherein R11 and R12 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl having 1-2 C-atoms (ethyl, or methyl), or alkoxy having 1-2 C-atoms (ethoxy, methoxy).
    18. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-17, wherein R11 and R12 are methyl or hydrogen, preferably hydrogen.
    19. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-18, wherein Y is a derivative of 1H-imidazole, preferably 1H-imidazol-4-yl, optionally substituted at one or two of positions 2, 3, and/or 5, wherein the position numbering of imidazole is according to IUPAC, and/or as shown for imidazole on wikipedia on 3 Dec. 2010 at 18:00 DK time.
    20. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-19, wherein Q is attached to i) X2, ii) X3, X4, or X5, preferably to X2 or X4, most preferably to X4.
    21. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-20, wherein q is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, even more preferably 1, 2, or 3.
    22. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-21, wherein R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen.
    23. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-22, wherein R15 and R16 both represent hydrogen.
    24. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-23, wherein R is hydrogen.
    25. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-24, wherein Y is a derivative of an imidazole, such as 1H-imidazol, being substituted with a group of formula Chem. 7:

  • *—(R17)—N—*,  Chem. 7
  • wherein R17 represents alkylene, straight or branched, having 1-6 C-atoms, preferably 1-5 C-atoms, more preferably 1-4 C-atoms, or most preferably 1-3 C-atoms.
    26. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-10, wherein Y is Chem. 5.
  • 27. The peptide of embodiment any one of embodiments 1-10 and 26, wherein R13 and R14 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, alkyl ester, or aryl ester; wherein preferably alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, and/or alkyl ester contains lower alkyl, straight or branched, more preferably having 1-6 C-atoms.
  • 28. The peptide of any one of embodiment 1-10 and 26-27, wherein R13 and R14 independently represent hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy, wherein the lower alkyl and lower alkoxy, independently, have 1-5 C-atoms, preferably 1-4 C-atoms, or most preferably 1-3 C-atoms.
    29. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-10 and 26-28, wherein R13 and R14 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl having 1-2 C-atoms (ethyl, or methyl), or alkoxy having 1-2 C-atoms (ethoxy, methoxy).
    30. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-10 and 26-29, wherein R13 and R14 are methyl or hydrogen, preferably hydrogen.
    31. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-10 and 26-30, wherein Y is a derivative of pyridine, preferably pyridin-2-yl, optionally substituted at one or two of positions 3, 4, 5, and/or 6, where the position numbering of pyridine is according to IUPAC, and/or as shown for pyridine on wikipedia on 3 Dec. 2010 at 18:00 DK time.
    32. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-10 and 26-31, wherein Q is attached to position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the pyridine ring, preferably to position 2, where the position numbering of pyridine is as defined in embodiment 31.
    33. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-32, wherein q is as defined in embodiment 21.
    34. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-33, wherein R15 and R16 are as defined in any one of embodiments 22-23.
    35. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-34, wherein R is hydrogen.
    36. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-35, wherein the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of which P is a fragment lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues is an agonist of the human GLP-1 receptor, wherein agonist activity is preferably determined as stimulation of the formation of cAMP in a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor.
    37. The peptide of embodiment 36, wherein the medium is a suitable medium, such as a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor and having the following composition (final in-assay concentrations): 50 mM Tris-HCl, 1 mM EGTA, 1.5 mM MgSO4, 1.7 mM ATP, 20 mM GTP, 2 mM 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (IBMX), 0.01% Tween-20, pH 7.4; more preferably the following composition (final in-assay concentrations): 50 mM TRIS-HCl; 5 mM HEPES; 10 mM MgCl2, 6H2O; 150 mM NaCl; 0.01% Tween; 0.1% BSA; 0.5 mM IBMX; 1 mM ATP; 1 uM GTP; pH 7.4.
    38. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-37, wherein the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of which P is a fragment lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues has a potency corresponding to an EC50 of below 1000 pM, preferably below 500 pM, more preferably below 250 pM, even more preferably below 125 pM, or most preferably below 50 pM.
    39. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-38, wherein the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of which P is a fragment lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues is selected from His-Ala-“P”, His-Gly-“P”, and “His-Ser-P”.
    40. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-39, wherein the GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of which P is a fragment lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues is selected from His-Ala-“P” and His-Gly-“P”.
    41. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-40, wherein P is selected from i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), and iv) analogues of i), ii), or iii) having a maximum of eight amino acid residues exchanged as compared to the respective sequence i), ii), or iii) with which the analogue has the highest similarity, or, preferably, percentage of identity.
    42. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-41, wherein P is GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), or an analogue thereof having a maximum of eight amino acid residues exchanged as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1.
    43. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-42, wherein P has a) a maximum of seven, six, or five; preferably b) a maximum of four, or c) most preferably a maximum of three amino acid residues exchanged, as compared to one of the sequences of i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), and iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), with which P has the highest similarity, wherein preferably the comparison is made with GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), or with GLP-1A(3-37), most preferably with GLP-1(9-37).
    44. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-43, wherein P has a maximum of two, preferably a maximum of one, or most preferably no amino acid residues exchanged as compared to one of the sequences of i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), and iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), with which P has the highest similarity, wherein preferably the comparison is made with GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), or with GLP-1A(3-37), most preferably with GLP-1(9-37).
    45. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-44, which has a C-terminal amide.
    46. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-45, which has a C-terminal —COOH group.
    47. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-46, which comprises at least one of the following substitutions as compared to GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1): 18K; 22E; 30E; 31H; 34Q,R; 36K; 37K; and/or 38E.
    48. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-47, which comprises 18K.
    49. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-48, which comprises 22E.
    50. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-49, which comprises 30E.
    51. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-50, which comprises 31H.
    52. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-51, which comprises 34Q or 34R, preferably 34R.
    53. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-52, which comprises 36K.
    54. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-53, which comprises 37K.
    55. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-54, which comprises 38E.
    56. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-55, which comprises 34R and 37K.
    57. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-56, which comprises 30E and 36K.
    58. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-57, which comprises 31H and 34Q.
    59. The peptide of any one of embodiments 56-57, which further comprises 38E.
    60. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-59 which comprises the following substitutions: (i) 18K, 22E, 34Q; (ii) 31H, 34Q; (iii) 30E, 36K; (iv) 30E, 36K, 38E; (v) 34R; (vi) 34R, 37K; or (vii) 34R, 37K, 38E.
    61. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-60, which has the following substitutions as compared to GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), all other amino acid residues being as in SEQ ID NO: 1: (i) 18K, 22E, 34Q; (ii) 31H, 34Q; (iii) 30E, 36K; (iv) 30E, 36K, 38E; (v) 34R; (vi) 34R, 37K; of (vii) 34R, 37K, 38E.
    62. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-46, which comprises at least one of the following substitutions as compared to GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3): 17Q,R; 20R; 33R; and/or 38K.
    63. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-46, and 62, which has the following substitutions, as compared to GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), all other amino acid residues being as in SEQ ID NO: 3: 17R, 20R, 33R, and 38K.
    64. A GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide selected from the following:
    • (i) N9-[-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Lys18,Glu22,Gln34]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide;
    • (ii) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[His31,Gln34]GLP-1 (9-37)-peptide;
    • (iii) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1(9-37)-Glu38-peptide amide;
    • (iv) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1 (9-37)Glu38-peptide amide;
    • (v) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1(9-37)-Glu38-peptide amide;
    • (vi) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Arg17,Arg20,Arg33,Lys38]GLP-1A(3-37)-peptide;
    • (vii) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}[Arg34,Lys37]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide;
    • (iix) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Arg34, Lys37]GLP-1 (9-37)Glu38-peptide;
    • (ix) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Arg34, Lys37]GLP-1 (9-37)-peptide;
    • (x) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}[Arg3]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide; and
    • (xii) N9-[2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-3-(pyridin-2-ylmethylamino)propanoyl][Arg34,Lys37]-GLP-1-(9-37)-peptide;
      or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
      64. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-63 which has a maximum of two K residues.
      65. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-64, which has a maximum of one K residue.
      66. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-65, wherein
  • a) the position corresponding to any of the indicated positions of i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), and iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3); and/or
  • b) the number of amino acid modifications as compared to i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), and iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), is/are identified by handwriting and eyeballing.
  • 67. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-66, wherein
  • a) the position corresponding to any of the indicated positions of i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), and iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3); and/or
  • b) the number of amino acid modifications as compared to i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), and iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3), is/are identified by use of a standard protein or peptide alignment program.
  • 68. The peptide of embodiment 67, wherein the alignment program is a Needleman-Wunsch alignment.
    69. The peptide of any one of embodiments 67-68, wherein the default scoring matrix and the default identity matrix is used.
    70. The peptide of any one of embodiments 67-69, wherein the scoring matrix is BLOSUM62.
    71. The peptide of any one of embodiments 67-70, wherein the penalty for the first residue in a gap is −10 (minus ten).
    72. The peptide of any one of embodiments 67-71, wherein the penalties for additional residues in a gap is −0.5 (minus point five).
    73. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1-72, wherein, a residue number, preferably any residue number, be it in superscript after an amino acid residue, or in ordinary script before or after the amino acid residue in question, refers to the corresponding position in one of the sequences of i) GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1), ii) exendin-4(3-39) (SEQ ID NO: 2), and iii) GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3).
    74. A derivative of a peptide of any one of embodiments 1-73, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
    75. The derivative of embodiment 74 which comprises, preferably has, an albumin binding moiety attached to a lysine residue, more preferably to the epsilon-amino group thereof, via an amide bond.
    76. The derivative of embodiment 75, which comprises, preferably has, an albumin binding moiety attached to one or more of 18K, 26K, 36K, and/or 37K; preferably one albumin binding moiety attached to 18K, 26K, or 36K; or two albumin binding moieties attached to 26K and 37K; wherein reference may be had to the sequence of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1).
    77. The derivative of embodiment 75, which has an albumin binding moiety attached to one or more of 17K, 20K, 33K, and/or 38K; preferably one albumin binding moiety attached to 38K; or two albumin binding moieties attached to 20K and 33K; wherein reference may be had to the sequence of GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3).
    78. The derivative of any one of embodiments 75-77, in which the albumin binding moiety comprises a protracting moiety.
    79. The derivative of embodiment 78, wherein
  • the protracting moiety is selected from Chem. 8, Chem. 9, and Chem. 10:

  • HOOC—(CH2)x—CO—*  Chem. 8

  • HOOC—C6H4—O—(CH2)y—CO—*  Chem. 9

  • R18—C6H4—(CH2)z—CO—*  Chem. 10
  • in which x is an integer in the range of 6-18, y is an integer in the range of 3-17, z is an integer in the range of 1-5, and R18 is a group having a molar mass not higher than 150 Da.
  • 80. The derivative of embodiment 79, in which the protracting moiety is Chem. 8, in which x is an even number, preferably in the range of 14-18, more preferably 16-18, or most preferably x is 16.
    81. The derivative of embodiment 79, in which the protracting moiety is Chem. 9, in which y is an odd number, preferably in the range of 7-15.
    82. The derivative of embodiment 79, in which the protracting moiety is Chem. 10, in which z is an odd number, preferably 3; and R18 is tert. butyl.
    83. The derivative of any one of embodiments 79 and 81, in which y is 9.
    84. The derivative of any one of embodiments 79, 81, and 83, in which the —COOH group is in the para-position.
    85. The derivative of any one of embodiments 79, and 82, in which R18 is in the para-position.
    86. The derivative of any one of embodiments 75-84 which comprises a linker.
    87. The derivative of any one of embodiments 75-86, wherein the albumin binding moiety comprises a linker.
    88. The derivative of any one of embodiments 75-87, wherein the albumin binding moiety further comprises a linker.
    89. The derivative of any one of embodiments 86-88, wherein the linker is a di-radical which comprises an N radical and a CO radical, wherein
    i) the N-radical is represented by a first *—NR19R20 group, where R19 and R20 may, independently, designate hydrogen, carbon, or sulphur, optionally substituted; and
    ii) the CO radical is represented by a first *—CO group,
    and wherein, preferably, the first *—NR19R20 group is capable of forming an amide bond with a second *—CO group, and the first *—CO group is capable of forming an amide bond with a second *—NR19R20 group, wherein the second *—NR19R20 group and the second *—CO group are defined as the first *—NR19R20 group and the first *—CO group, respectively, and form part, independently, of the structure of i) the analogue, ii) the protracting moiety, and/or iii) another linker.
    90. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-89, which comprises at least one linker selected from the group consisting of Chem. 11, Chem. 12, Chem. 13, and Chem. 14:

  • *—NH—CH2—CH2—(O—CH2—CH2)k—O—(CH2)n—CO—*  Chem. 11

  • *—NH—C(COOH)—(CH2)2—CO—*  Chem. 12

  • *—N—C((CH2)2COOH)—CO—*  Chem. 13

  • *—NC5H8—CO—*  Chem. 14
  • wherein k is an integer in the range of 1-5, and n is an integer in the range of 1-5; and wherein Chem. 12 and Chem. 13 are di-radicals of Glu.
    91. The derivative of embodiment 90, wherein the linker comprises Chem. 11, and wherein preferably Chem. 11 is a first linker element.
    92. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-91, wherein k is 1.
    93. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-92, wherein n is 1.
    94. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-93, wherein Chem. 11 is included m times, wherein m is an integer in the range of 1-10.
    95. The derivative of embodiment 94, wherein m is an integer in the range of 1-6; preferably in the range of 1-4; more preferably m is 1 or 2; even more preferably m is 1; or most preferably m is 2.
    96. The derivative of any one of embodiments 94-95, wherein, when m is different from 1, the Chem. 11 elements are interconnected via amide bond(s).
    97. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-96, wherein the linker consists of one or more Chem. 11 elements.
    98. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-97, wherein Chem. 11 is represented by Chem. 11a:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00019
  • wherein k and n are as defined in any one of embodiments 90-97.
    99. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-99, wherein the linker comprises a Glu di-radical, such as Chem. 12, and Chem. 13.
    100. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-99, wherein Chem. 12 and Chem. 13, independently, may be represented by Chem. 12a and Chem. 13a, respectively:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00020
  • most preferably by Chem. 12a.
    101. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-101, wherein the Glu di-radical, such as Chem. 12, and/or Chem. 13, independently, is included p times, wherein p is an integer in the range of 1-3.
    102. The derivative of embodiment 101, wherein p is 1, 2, or 3; preferably 1 or 2, or most preferably 1.
    103. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-102, wherein the Glu di-radical is a radical of L-Glu or D-Glu, preferably of L-Glu.
    104. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-103, wherein the linker consists of a Glu di-radical, preferably Chem. 12, more preferably Chem. 12a.
    105. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-104, wherein the linker comprises Chem. 14.
    106. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-105, where Chem. 14 is represented by Chem. 14a:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00021
  • 107. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-106, wherein the linker consists of Chem. 11, being connected at its *—NH end to * the *—CO end of the protracting moiety, and at its *—CO end to the epsilon amino group of a lysine residue of the peptide.
    108. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-106, wherein the linker consists of one time Chem. 12 and two times Chem. 11, interconnected via amide bonds and in the sequence indicated, the linker being connected at its *—NH end to the *—CO end of the protracting moiety, and at its *—CO end to the epsilon amino group of a lysine residue of the peptide.
    109. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-106, wherein the linker consists of one time Chem. 14, one time Chem. 12, and two times Chem. 11, interconnected via amide bonds and in the sequence indicated, the linker being connected at its *—NH end to the *—CO end of the protracting moiety, and at its *—CO end to the epsilon amino group of a lysine residue of the peptide.
    110. The derivative of any one of embodiments 90-109, wherein the one or more linker(s) are interconnected via amide bond(s).
    111. A compound selected from the following: Chem. 30, Chem. 31, Chem. 32, Chem. 33, Chem. 34, Chem. 35, Chem. 36, Chem. 37, Chem. 38, Chem. 39, and Chem. 41; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
    112. A compound characterised by its name, and selected from a listing of each of the names of the compounds of Examples 1-10, and 12 herein; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
    113. The compound of embodiment 112, which is a compound of embodiment 111.
    114. The compound of any one of embodiments 111-113, which is a derivative of any one of embodiments 74-110.
    115. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-114, which has GLP-1 activity.
    116. The peptide or derivative of embodiment 115, wherein GLP-1 activity refers to the capability of activating the human GLP-1 receptor.
    117. The peptide or derivative of embodiment 116, wherein activation of the human GLP-1 receptor is measured in an in vitro assay, as the potency of cAMP production.
    118. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-117, which has a potency corresponding to an EC50 at or below 4500 pM, preferably below 4500 pM, more preferably below 4000 pM, even more preferably below 3500 pM, or most preferably below 3000 pM.
    119. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-118, which has a potency corresponding to an EC50 below 2500 pM, preferably below 2000 pM, more preferably below 1500 pM, even more preferably below 1000 pM, or most preferably below 800 pM.
    120. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-119 which has a potency corresponding to an EC50 below 600 pM, preferably below 500 pM, more preferably below 400 pM, even more preferably below 300 pM, or most preferably below 200 pM.
    121. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-120 which has a potency corresponding to an EC50 below 180 pM, preferably below 160 pM, more preferably below 140 pM, even more preferably below 120 pM, or most preferably below 100 pM.
    122. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-121 which has a potency corresponding to an EC50 below 80 pM, preferably below 60 pM, more preferably below 50 pM, even more preferably below 40 pM, or most preferably below 30 pM.
    123. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-122, wherein the potency is determined as EC50 for the dose-response curve showing dose-dependent formation of cAMP in a medium containing the human GLP-1 receptor, preferably using a stable transfected cell-line such as BHK467-12A (tk-ts13), and/or using for the determination of cAMP a functional receptor assay, e.g. based on competition between endogenously formed cAMP and exogenously added biotin-labelled cAMP, in which assay cAMP is more preferably captured using a specific antibody, and/or wherein an even more preferred assay is the AlphaScreen cAMP Assay, most preferably the one described in Example 13.
    124. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-123, the EC50 of which is less than 10 times the EC50 of semaglutide, preferably less than 8 times the EC50 of semaglutide, more preferably less than 6 times the EC50 of semaglutide, even more preferably less than 4 times the EC50 of semaglutide, or most preferably less than 2 times the EC50 of semaglutide.
    125. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-124, the EC50 of which is less than the EC50 of semaglutide, preferably less than 0.8 times the EC50 of semaglutide, more preferably less than 0.6 times the potency of semaglutide, even more preferably less than 0.4 times the EC50 of semaglutide, or most preferably less than 0.2 times the EC50 of semaglutide.
    126. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-125, the EC50 of which is less than 10 times the EC50 of liraglutide, preferably less than 8 times the EC50 of liraglutide, more preferably less than 6 times the EC50 of liraglutide, even more preferably less than 4 times the EC50 of liraglutide, or most preferably less than 2 times the EC50 of liraglutide.
    127. The peptide or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-126, the EC50 of which is less than the EC50 of liraglutide, preferably less than 0.8 times the EC50 of liraglutide, more preferably less than 0.6 times the EC50 of liraglutide, even more preferably less than 0.5 times the EC50 of liraglutide, or most preferably less than or at 0.4 times the EC50 of liraglutide.
    128. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-127, for which the ratio [GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC50) in the presence of 2.0% HSA (high albumin), divided by GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC50) in the presence of 0.005% HSA (low albumin)] is:
    a) at least 0.5, preferably at least 1.0, more preferably at least 10, even more preferably at least 20, or most preferably at least 30;
    b) at least 40, preferably at least 50, more preferably at least 60, even more preferably at least 70, or most preferably at least 80;
    c) at least 90, preferably at least 100, more preferably at least 110, or most preferably at least 120;
    d) at least 20% of the ratio of semaglutide, preferably at least 50% of the ratio of semaglutide, more preferably at least 75% of the ratio of semaglutide, even more preferably at least equal to the ratio of semaglutide, or most preferably at least twice the ratio of semaglutide; or
    e) at least equal to the ratio of liraglutide, preferably at least twice the ratio of liraglutide, more preferably at least three times the ratio of liraglutide, even more preferably at least 5 times the ratio of liraglutide, or most preferably at least 10 times the ratio of liraglutide.
    129. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-128, for which the GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC50) in the presence of 0.005% HSA (low albumin) is
    a) below 600.00 nM, preferably below 500.00 nM, more preferably below 200.00 nM, even more preferably below 100.00 nM, or most preferably below 45.00 nM; or
    b) below 20.00 nM, preferably below 10.00 nM, more preferably below 5.00 nM, even more preferably below 2.00 nM, or most preferably below 1.00 nM.
    130. The derivative of any one of embodiments 1-129, for which the GLP-1 receptor binding affinity (IC50) in the presence of 2.0% HSA (high albumin) is
    a) below 900 nM, more preferably below 800 nM, even more preferably below 700 nM, or most preferably below 600 nM; or
    b) below 400.00 nM, preferably below 300.00 nM, more preferably below 200.00 nM, even more preferably below 100.00 nM, or most preferably below 50.00 nM.
    131. The derivative of any one of embodiments 1-130, wherein the binding affinity to the GLP-1 receptor is measured by way of displacement of 125I-GLP-1 from the receptor, preferably using a SPA binding assay.
    132. The derivative of any one of embodiments 1-131, wherein the GLP-1 receptor is prepared using a stable, transfected cell line, preferably a hamster cell line, more preferably a baby hamster kidney cell line, such as BHK tk-ts13.
    133. The analogue or derivative of any one of embodiments 1-132, wherein the IC50 value is determined as the concentration which displaces 50% of 125I-GLP-1 from the receptor.
    134. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-133, which has an oral bioavailability, preferably an absolute oral bioavailability, which is higher than that of liraglutide; and/or higher than that of semaglutide.
    135. The derivative of embodiment 134, wherein oral bioavailability is measured in vivo in rats, as exposure in plasma after direct injection into the intestinal lumen.
    136. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-135, for which the plasma concentration (pM) of the derivative, determined 30 minutes after injection of a solution of the derivative in the jejunum of rat, divided by the concentration (pM) of the injected solution (dose-corrected exposure at 30 min) is at least 15, preferably at least 30, more preferably at least 48, still more preferably at least 62, even more preferably at least 80, or most preferably at least 100.
    137. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-136, for which the plasma concentration (pM) of the derivative, determined 30 minutes after injection of a solution of the derivative in the jejunum of rat, divided by the concentration (pM) of the injected solution (dose-corrected exposure at 30 min) is at least 30, preferably at least 40, more preferably at least 50, still more preferably at least 60, even more preferably at least 70, or most preferably at least 80.
    138. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-137, wherein the Derivative is tested in a concentration of 1000 uM in admixture with 55 mg/ml sodium caprate.
    139. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-138, wherein male Sprague Dawley rats are used, preferably with a body weight upon arrival of approximately 240 g.
    140. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-139, wherein the rats are fasted for approximately 18 hours before the experiment.
    141. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-140, wherein the rats are taken into general anaesthesia after having fasted and before the injection of the derivative in the jejunum.
    142. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-141, wherein the derivative is administered in the proximal part of the jejunum (10 cm distal for the duodenum) or in the mid-intestine (50 cm proximal for the cecum).
    143. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-142, wherein 100 μl of the derivative is injected into the jejunal lumen through a catheter with a 1 ml syringe, and subsequently 200 μl of air is pushed into the jejunal lumen with another syringe, which is then left connected to the catheter to prevent flow back into the catheter.
    144. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-143, wherein blood samples (200 ul) are collected into EDTA tubes from the tail vein at desired intervals, such as at times 0, 10, 30, 60, 120 and 240 min, and centrifuged 5 minutes, 10000G, at 4° C. within 20 minutes.
    145. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-144, wherein plasma (75 ul) is separated, immediately frozen, and kept at −20° C. until analyzed for plasma concentration of the derivative.
    146. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-145, wherein LOCI (Luminescent Oxygen Channeling Immunoassay) is used for analyzing the plasma concentration of the derivative.
    147. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-145, which has a more protracted profile of action than liraglutide.
    148. The derivative of embodiment 147, wherein protraction means half-life in vivo in a relevant animal species, such as db/db mice, rat, pig, and/or, preferably, minipig; wherein the derivative is administered i) s.c., and/or, preferably, ii) s.c.
    149. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-148, wherein the terminal half-life (T1/2) after i.v. administration in minipigs is
    a) at least 12 hours, preferably at least 24 hours, more preferably at least 36 hours, even more preferably at least 48 hours, or most preferably at least 60 hours; or
    b) at least 0.2 times the half-life of semaglutide, preferably at least 0.4 times the half-life of semaglutide, more preferably at least 0.6 times the half-life of semaglutide, even more preferably at least 0.8 times the half-life of semaglutide, or most preferably at least the same as the half-life of semaglutide.
    150. The derivative of embodiment 149, wherein the minipigs are male Göttingen minipigs.
    151. The derivative of any one of embodiments 149-150, wherein the minipigs are 7-14 months of age, and preferably weighing from 16-35 kg.
    152. The derivative of any one of embodiments 149-151, wherein the minipigs are housed individually, and fed once or twice daily, preferably with SDS minipig diet.
    153. The derivative of any one of embodiments 149-152, wherein the derivative is dosed, i.v., after at least 2 weeks of acclimatisation.
    154. The derivative of any one of embodiments 149-153, wherein the animals are fasted for approximately 18 h before dosing and for at least 4 h after dosing, and have ad libitum access to water during the whole period.
    155. The derivative of any one of embodiments 149-154, wherein the Derivative is dissolved in 50 mM sodium phosphate, 145 mM sodium chloride, 0.05% tween 80, pH 7.4 to a suitable concentration, preferably from 20-60 nmol/ml.
    156. The derivative of any one of embodiments 149-155, wherein intravenous injections of the derivative are given in a volume corresponding to 1-2 nmol/kg.
    157. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-156, which is not the compound of Example 2, preferably not Chem. 31.
    158. The derivative of any one of embodiments 74-157, which is not the compound of Examples 7, 8, 9, and 12; preferably not Chem. 36, Chem. 37, Chem. 38, and Chem. 41.
    158. A peptide according to any one of embodiments 1-73 and 115-127, for use as a medicament.
    159. A derivative according to any one of embodiments 74-157, for use as a medicament.
    160. A peptide according to any one of embodiments 1-73 and 115-127, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving β-cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
    161. A derivative according to any one of embodiments 74-157, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving β-cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
    162. Use of a peptide according to any one of embodiments 1-73 and 115-127 in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving β-cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
    163. Use of a derivative according to any one of embodiments 74-157, in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment and/or prevention of all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving β-cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression.
    164. A method of treating or preventing all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving β-cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression, by administering a pharmaceutically active amount of a peptide according to any one of embodiments 1-73 and 115-127.
    165. A method of treating or preventing all forms of diabetes and related diseases, such as eating disorders, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, diabetic complications, critical illness, and/or polycystic ovary syndrome; and/or for improving lipid parameters, improving β-cell function, and/or for delaying or preventing diabetic disease progression, by administering a pharmaceutically active amount of a derivative according to any one of embodiments 74-157.
    166. An intermediate product of the formula Chem. 50 or Chem. 51:
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00022
  • wherein Q represents a bond, or a group of formula Chem. 6:

  • —(C(R15)(R16))q—,  Chem. 6
  • wherein q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl;
    R represents hydrogen, or alkyl;
    R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or (ii) R1 and R2 together form cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and each of PG1 and PG2 represents a protection group; with the optional proviso (iii) that R1 and R2 do not both represent hydrogen;
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or amide thereof.
    167. The intermediate product of embodiment 166, wherein PG1 is a group that reversibly renders the N-atom to which it is attached unreactive, and that can be removed selectively.
    168. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 165-167, wherein PG1 is selected from the group consisting of Boc, Trt, Mtt, Bzl, Tos, Clt, Mmt, Bom, and Fmoc.
    169. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-168, wherein PG2 is a group that reversibly renders the —CO group to which it is attached unreactive, and that can be removed selectively.
    170. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 165-169, wherein PG2 is i) —OH, or ii) functionalised as an activated ester.
    171. The intermediate product of embodiment 170, wherein the activated ester is an ester of p-nitrophenol; 2,4,5-trichlorophenol; N-hydroxysuccinimide; N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide; 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazine-4-one; 5-chloro-8-hydroxyquinoline; N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid imide; pentafluorophenol; p-sulfotetrafluorophenol; N-hydroxyphthalimide; 1-hydroxybenzotriazole; 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole; N-hydroxymaleimide; 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzene sulfonic acid; or any other activated ester known in the art.
    172. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 165-171, wherein PG2 is selected from OPfp, OPnp, and OSuc.
    173. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-172, wherein, PG1 is Trt.
    174. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-173, wherein q is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
    175. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-174, wherein R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen.
    176. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-175, wherein R15 and R16 both represent hydrogen.
    177. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-176, wherein Q is —(CH2)n, wherein n is 1, 2, or 3.
    178. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-177, wherein R is hydrogen.
    179. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-178, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, alkyl ester, or aryl ester; wherein preferably alkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, and/or alkyl ester contains lower alkyl, straight or branched, more preferably having 1-6 C-atoms.
    180. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-179, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy, wherein the lower alkyl and lower alkoxy, independently, have 1-5 C-atoms, preferably 1-4 C-atoms, or most preferably 1-3 C-atoms.
    181. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-180, wherein R1 and R2 independently represent alkyl having 1-2 C-atoms (ethyl, or methyl), or alkoxy having 1-2 C-atoms (ethoxy, or methoxy).
    182. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-181, wherein R1 and R2 are methyl or methoxy, preferably methyl.
    183. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-182, wherein R1 and R2 are both methyl.
    184. The intermediate product of any one of embodiments 166-183, wherein PG2 is OH.
    185. An intermediate product of formula Chem. 50 or Chem. 51:
    wherein Q represents a bond, or a group of formula Chem. 6:

  • —(C(R15)(R16))q—,  Chem. 6
  • wherein q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; R represents hydrogen, or alkyl; R1 and R2 independently represent (i) alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or (ii) R1 and R2 together form cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and each of PG1 and PG2 represents a protection group, preferably as defined in any one of embodiments 167-173;
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
    186. An intermediate compound selected from Chem. 23, Chem. 24, Chem. 25, Chem. 26, Chem. 27, Chem. 28, and Chem. 29; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
    187. The compound of Chem. 40; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
    188. A compound characterised by the name of the compound of Example 11 herein; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
    189. The compound of embodiment 188, which is a compound of embodiment 187.
    190. A peptide intermediate product, which is selected from the following analogues of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1): (i) (18K, 22E, 34Q); (ii) (30E, 36K, 38E); (iii) (31H, 34Q); (iv) 34R; (v) (34R, 37K); and (vi) (34R, 37K, 38E);
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
    191. A peptide intermediate product, which is the following analogue of GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3): (17R, 20R, 33R, 38K); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
  • EXAMPLES
  • This experimental part starts with a list of abbreviations, and is followed by a section including general methods for synthesising and characterising peptides and derivatives of the invention. Then follows a number of examples which relate to the preparation of specific GLP-1 peptide derivatives, and at the end a number of examples have been included relating to the activity and properties of these peptides and derivatives (section headed pharmacological methods).
  • The examples serve to illustrate the invention.
  • Abbreviations
  • The following abbreviations are used in the following, in alphabetical order:
    • Aib: aminoisobutyric acid (α-aminoisobutyric acid)
    • API: Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient
    • AUC: Area Under the Curve
    • BG: Blood Glucose
    • BHK Baby Hamster Kidney
    • Boc: t-butyloxycarbonyl
    • Bom: benzyloxymethyl
    • BW: Body Weight
    • Bzl: benzyl
    • Clt: 2-chlorotrityl
    • collidine: 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine
    • cpm: counts per minute
    • DCM: dichloromethane
    • Dde: 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl
    • DIC: diisopropylcarbodiimide
    • DIPEA: diisopropylethylamine
    • DMAP: 4-dimethylaminopyridine
    • DMEM: Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (DMEM)
    • EDTA: ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
    • EGTA: ethylene glycol tetraacetic acid
    • FCS: Fetal Calf Serum
    • Fmoc: 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl
    • HATU: (O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate)
    • HBTU: (2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl-)-1,1,3,3 tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate)
    • HEPES: 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid
    • HFIP 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol or hexafluoroisopropanol
    • HOAt: 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
    • HOBt: 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
    • HPLC: High Performance Liquid Chromatography
    • HSA: Human Serum Albumin
    • IBMX: 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine
    • Imp: Imidazopropionic acid (also referred to as des-amino histidine, DesH)
    • i.v. intravenously
    • ivDde: 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl
    • IVGTT: Intravenous Glucose Tolerance Test
    • LCMS: Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectroscopy
    • LYD: Landrace Yorkshire Duroc
    • MALDI-MS: See MALDI-TOF MS
    • MALDI-TOF MS: Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption/lonisation Time of Flight Mass Spectro-scopy
    • MeOH: methanol
    • Mmt: 4-methoxytrityl
    • Mtt: 4-methyltrityl
    • NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone
    • OBz benzoyl ester
    • OEG: 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanic acid
    • OPfp: pentafluorophenoxy
    • OPnp: para-nitrophenoxy
    • OSu: O-succinimidyl esters (hydroxysuccinimide esters)
    • OSuc: 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl
    • OtBu: tert butyl ester
    • PBS: Phosphate Buffered Saline
    • PD: Pharmacodynamic
    • Pen/Strep: Pencillin/Streptomycin
    • PK: Pharmacokinetic
    • RP: Reverse Phase
    • RP-HPLC: Reverse Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography
    • RT: Room Temperature
    • Rt: Retention time
    • s.c.: Subcutaneously
    • SD: Standard Deviation
    • SEC-HPLC: Size Exclusion High Performance Liquid Chromatography
    • SPPS: Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis
    • tBu: tert. butyl
    • TFA: trifluoroacetic acid
    • TIS: triisopropylsilane
    • TLC: Thin Layer Chromatography
    • Tos: tosylate (or para-toluenesulfonyl)
    • Tris: tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane or 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol
    • Trt: triphenylmethyl, or trityl
    • Trx: tranexamic acid
    • UPLC: Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography
    METHODS OF PREPARATION A. General Methods
  • This section relates to methods for solid phase peptide synthesis (SPPS methods, including methods for de-protection of amino acids, methods for cleaving the peptide from the resin, and for its purification), as well as methods for detecting and characterising the resulting peptide (LCMS, MALDI, and UPLC methods). The solid phase synthesis of peptides may in some cases be improved by the use of di-peptides protected on the di-peptide amide bond with a group that can be cleaved under acidic conditions such as, but not limited to, 2-Fmoc-oxy-4-methoxybenzyl, or 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzyl. In cases where a serine or a threonine is present in the peptide, pseudoproline di-peptides may be used (available from, e.g., Novabiochem, see also W. R. Sampson (1999), J. Pep. Sci. 5, 403). The protected amino acid derivatives used were standard Fmoc-amino acids (supplied from e.g. Anaspec, IRIS, or Novabiochem). The N-terminal amino acid was Boc protected at the alpha amino group (e.g. Boc-His(Boc)-OH, or Boc-His(Trt)-OH for peptides with H is at the N-terminus). The epsilon amino group of lysines in the sequence were either protected with Mtt, Mmt, Dde, ivDde, or Boc, depending on the route for attachment of the albumin binding moiety and spacer. The albumin binding moiety and/or linker can be attached to the peptide either by acylation of the resin bound peptide or by acylation in solution of the unprotected peptide. In case of attachment of the albumin binding moiety and/or linker to the protected peptidyl resin, the attachment can be modular using SPPS and suitably protected building blocks such as but not limited to Fmoc-OEG-OH (Fmoc-8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid), Fmoc-Trx-OH (Fmoc-tranexamic acid), Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester, nonadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester, or 4-(9-carboxynonyloxy)benzoic acid tert-butyl ester.
  • 1. Synthesis of Resin Bound Peptide SPPS Method A
  • SPPS method A refers to the synthesis of a protected peptidyl resin using Fmoc chemistry on an Applied Biosystems 433 peptide synthesiser (also designated ABI433A synthesiser) in 0.25 mmol or 1.0 mmol scale using the manufacturer's FastMoc UV protocols which employ HBTU or HATU mediated couplings in NMP, and UV monitoring of the de-protection of the Fmoc protection group.
  • The starting resin used for the synthesis of peptide amides was a suitable Rink-Amide resin (for peptide amides), or (for peptides with a carboxy C-terminus) either a suitable Wang resin or a suitable chlorotrityl resin. Suitable resins are commercially available from, e.g., Novabiochem.
  • SPPS Method B
  • SPPS method B refers to the synthesis of a protected peptidyl resin using Fmoc chemistry on a microwave-based Liberty peptide synthesiser (CEM Corp., North Carolina). A suitable resin is a pre-loaded, low-load Wang resin available from Novabiochem (e.g. low load Fmoc-Lys(Mtt)-Wang resin, 0.35 mmol/g). Fmoc-deprotection was with 5% piperidine in NMP at up to 70 or 75° C. The coupling chemistry was DIC/HOAt in NMP. Amino acid/HOAt solutions (0.3 M in NMP at a molar excess of 3-10 fold) were added to the resin followed by the same molar equivalent of DIC (0.75M in NMP). For example, the following amounts of 0.3M amino acid/HOAt solution were used per coupling for the following scale reactions: Scale/ml, 0.10 mmol/2.5 ml, 0.25 mmol/5 ml, 1 mmol/15 ml. Coupling times and temperatures were generally 5 minutes at up to 70 or 75° C. Longer coupling times were used for larger scale reactions, for example 10 min. Histidine amino acids were double coupled at 50° C., or quadruple coupled if the previous amino acid was sterically hindered (e.g. Aib). Arginine amino acids were coupled at RT for 25 min then heated to 70 or 75° C. for 5 min. Some amino acids such as but not limited to Aib, were “double coupled”, meaning that after the first coupling (e.g. 5 min at 75° C.), the resin is drained and more reagents are added (amino acid, HOAt and DIC), and the mixture in heated again (e.g. 5 min at 75° C.). When a chemical modification of a lysine side chain was desired, the lysine was incorporated as Lys(Mtt). The Mtt group was removed by washing the resin with DCM and suspending the resin in neat (undiluted) hexafluoroisopropanol for 20 minutes followed by washing with DCM and NMP. The chemical modification of the lysine was performed either by manual synthesis (see SPPS method D) or by one or more automated steps on the Liberty peptide synthesiser as described above, using suitably protected building blocks (see General methods), optionally including a manual coupling.
  • SPPS Method D
  • SPPS method D refers to synthesis of the protected peptidyl resin using manual Fmoc chemistry. This was typically used for the attachment of the linkers and side chains to the peptide backbone. The following conditions were employed at 0.25 mmol synthesis scale. The coupling chemistry was DIC/HOAt/collidine in NMP at a 4-10 fold molar excess. Coupling conditions were 1-6 h at room temperature. Fmoc-deprotection was performed with 20-25% piperidine in NMP (3×20 ml, each 10 min) followed by NMP washings (4×20 mL). Dde- or ivDde-deprotection was performed with 2% hydrazine in NMP (2×20 ml, each 10 min) followed by NMP washings (4×20 ml). Mtt- or Mmt-deprotection was performed with 2% TFA and 2-3% TIS in DCM (5×20 ml, each 10 min) followed by DCM (2×20 ml), 10% MeOH and 5% DIPEA in DCM (2×20 ml) and NMP (4×20 ml) washings, or by treatment with neat hexafluoroisopropanol (5×20 ml, each 10 min) followed by washings as above. The albumin binding moiety and/or linker can be attached to the peptide either by acylation of the resin bound peptide or acylation in solution of the unprotected peptide (see the routes described below). In case of attachment of the albumin binding moiety and/or linker to the protected peptidyl resin the attachment can be modular using SPPS and suitably protected building blocks (see General methods).
  • Attachment to Resin Bound Peptide—Route I:
  • Activated (active ester or symmetric anhydride) albumin binding moiety or linker such as octadecanedioic acid mono-(2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)ester (Ebashi et al. EP511600, 4 molar equivalents relative to resin bound peptide) was dissolved in NMP (25 mL), added to the resin and shaken overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was washed extensively with NMP, DCM, 2-propanol, methanol and diethyl ether.
  • Attachment to Resin Bound Peptide—Route II:
  • The albumin binding moiety was dissolved in NMP/DCM (1:1, 10 ml). The activating reagent such as HOBt (4 molar equivalents relative to resin) and DIC (4 molar equivalents relative to resin) was added and the solution was stirred for 15 min. The solution was added to the resin and DIPEA (4 molar equivalents relative to resin) was added. The resin was shaken 2 to 24 hours at room temperature. The resin was washed with NMP (2×20 ml), NMP/DCM (1:1, 2×20 ml) and DCM (2×20 ml).
  • Attachment to Peptide in Solution—Route III:
  • Activated (active ester or symmetric anhydride) albumin binding moiety or linker such as octadecanedioic acid mono-(2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)ester (Ebashi et al. EP511600) 1-1.5 molar equivalents relative to the peptide was dissolved in an organic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, DMF, DMSO or in a mixture of water/organic solvent (1-2 ml) and added to a solution of the peptide in water (10-20 ml) together with 10 molar equivalents of DIPEA. In case of protecting groups on the albumin binding residue such as tert-butyl, the reaction mixture was lyophilised overnight and the isolated crude peptide deprotected afterwards. In case of tert-butyl protection groups the deprotection was performed by dissolving the peptide in a mixture of trifluoroacetic acid, water and triisopropylsilane (90:5:5). After for 30 min the mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the crude peptide purified by preparative HPLC as described later.
  • SPPS Method E
  • SPPS method E refers to peptide synthesis by Fmoc chemistry on a Prelude Solid Phase Peptide Synthesiser from Protein Technologies (Tucson, Ariz. 85714 U.S.A.). A suitable resin is a pre-loaded, low-load Wang resin available from Novabiochem (e.g. low load fmoc-Lys(Mtt)-Wang resin, 0.35 mmol/g). Fmoc-deprotection was with 25% piperidine in NMP for 2×10 min. The coupling chemistry was DIC/HOAt/collidine in NMP. Amino acid/HOAt solutions (0.3 M in NMP at a molar excess of 3-10 fold) were added to the resin followed by the same molar equivalent of DIC (3 M in NMP) and collidine (3 M in NMP). For example, the following amounts of 0.3M amino acid/HOAt solution were used per coupling for the following scale reactions: Scale/ml, 0.10 mmol/2.5 ml, 0.25 mmol/5 ml. Coupling times were generally 60 minutes. Some amino acids including, but not limited to arginine, Aib or histidine were “double coupled”, meaning that after the first coupling (e.g. 60 min), the resin is drained and more reagents are added (amino acid, HOAt, DIC, and collidine), and the mixture allowed to react gain (e.g. 60 min). Some amino acids and fatty acid derivatives including but not limited to Fmoc-Oeg-OH, Fmoc-Trx-OH, Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester, nonadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester, or 4-(9-carboxynonyloxy)benzoic acid tert-butyl ester were coupled for prolonged time, for example 6 hours. When a chemical modification of a lysine side chain was desired, the lysine was incorporated as Lys(Mtt). The Mtt group was removed by washing the resin with DCM and suspending the resin in hexafluoroisopropanol/DCM (75:25) for 3×10 minutes followed by washings with DCM, 20% piperidine and NMP. The chemical modification of the lysine was performed either by manual synthesis (see SPPS method D) or by one or more automated steps on the Prelude peptide synthesiser as described above using suitably protected building blocks (see General methods).
  • 2. Cleavage of Peptide from the Resin and Purification
  • After synthesis the resin was washed with DCM, and the peptide was cleaved from the resin by a 2-3 hour treatment with TFA/TIS/water (95/2.5/2.5 or 92.5/5/2.5) followed by precipitation with diethylether. The peptide was dissolved in a suitable solvent (such as, e.g., 30% acetic acid) and purified by standard RP-HPLC on a C18, 5 μM column, using acetonitrile/water/TFA. The fractions were analysed by a combination of UPLC, MALDI and LCMS methods, and the appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilised.
  • 3. Methods for Detection and Characterisation LCMS Methods LCMS Method 1 (LCMS1)
  • An Agilent Technologies LC/MSD TOF (G1969A) mass spectrometer was used to identify the mass of the sample after elution from an Agilent 1200 series HPLC system. The de-convolution of the protein spectra was calculated with Agilent's protein confirmation software.
  • Eluents:
  • A: 0.1% Trifluoro acetic acid in water
    B: 0.1% Trifluoro acetic acid in acetonitrile
  • Column: Zorbax 5u, 300SB-C3, 4.8×50 mm
  • Gradient: 25%-95% acetonitrile over 15 min
  • LCMS Method 2 (LCMS2)
  • A Perkin Elmer Sciex API 3000 mass spectrometer was used to identify the mass of the sample after elution from a Perkin Elmer Series 200 HPLC system.
  • Eluents:
  • A: 0.05% Trifluoro acetic acid in water
    B: 0.05% Trifluoro acetic acid in acetonitrile
  • Column: Waters Xterra MS C-18×3 mm id 5 μm
  • Gradient: 5%-90% acetonitrile over 7.5 min at 1.5 ml/min
  • LCMS Method 3 (LCMS3)
  • A Waters Micromass ZQ mass spectrometer was used to identify the mass of the sample after elution from a Waters Alliance HT HPLC system.
  • Eluents:
  • A: 0.1% Trifluoro acetic acid in water
    B: 0.1% Trifluoro acetic acid in acetonitrile
  • Column: Phenomenex, Jupiter C4 50×4.60 mm id 5 μm
  • Gradient: 10%-90% B over 7.5 min at 1.0 ml/min
  • LCMS Method 4 (LCMS4)
  • LCMS4 was performed on a setup consisting of Waters Acquity UPLC system and LCT Premier XE mass spectrometer from Micromass. The UPLC pump was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • A: 0.1% Formic acid in water
    B: 0.1% Formic acid in acetonitrile
    The analysis was performed at RT by injecting an appropriate volume of the sample (preferably 2-10 μl) onto the column which was eluted with a gradient of A and B.
    The UPLC conditions, detector settings and mass spectrometer settings were:
    Column: Waters Acquity HPLC BEH, C-18, 1.7 μm, 2.1 mm×50 mm
    Gradient: Linear 5%-95% acetonitrile during 4.0 min (alternatively 8.0 min) at 0.4 ml/min
    Detection: 214 nm (analogue output from TUV (Tunable UV detector))
    MS ionisation mode: API-ES
    Scan: 100-2000 amu (alternatively 500-2000 amu), step 0.1 amu
  • HPLC and HPLC Methods Method 05 B5 1
  • UPLC (method 05_B51): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UBEH130, C18, 130 Å, 1.7 um, 2.1 mm×150 mm column, 40° C.
  • The UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • A: 0.2 M Na2SO4, 0.04 M H3PO4, 10% CH3CN (pH 3.5) B: 70% CH3CN, 30% H2O
  • The following linear gradient was used: 60% A, 40% B to 30% A, 70% B over 8 minutes at a flow-rate of 0.40 ml/min.
  • Method 05 B7 1
  • UPLC (method 05_B71): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 Å, 1.7 um, 2.1 mm×150 mm column, 40° C.
  • The UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • A: 0.2 M Na2SO4, 0.04 M H3PO4, 10% CH3CN (pH 3.5) B: 70% CH3CN, 30% H2O
  • The following linear gradient was used: 80% A, 20% B to 40% A, 60% B over 8 minutes at a flow-rate of 0.40 ml/min.
  • Method 04 A2 1
  • UPLC (method 04_A21): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 Å, 1.7 um, 2.1 mm×150 mm column, 40° C.
  • The UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
    A: 90% H2O, 10% CH3CN, 0.25 M ammonium bicarbonate
  • B: 70% CH3CN, 30% H2O
  • The following linear gradient was used: 90% A, 10% B to 60% A, 40% B over 16 minutes at a flow-rate of 0.40 ml/min.
  • Method 04 A3 1
  • UPLC (method 04_A31): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 Å, 1.7 um, 2.1 mm×150 mm column, 40° C.
  • The UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
    A: 90% H2O, 10% CH3CN, 0.25 M ammonium bicarbonate
  • B: 70% CH3CN, 30% H2O
  • The following linear gradient was used: 75% A, 25% B to 45% A, 55% B over 16 minutes at a flow-rate of 0.40 ml/min.
  • Method 04 A4 1
  • UPLC (method 04_A41): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 Å, 1.7 um, 2.1 mm×150 mm column, 40° C.
  • The UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
    A: 90% H2O, 10% CH3CN, 0.25 M ammonium bicarbonate
  • B: 70% CH3CN, 30% H2O
  • The following linear gradient was used: 65% A, 35% B to 25% A, 65% B over 16 minutes at a flow-rate of 0.40 ml/min.
  • Method 08 B2 1
  • UPLC (method 08_B21): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 Å, 1.7 um, 2.1 mm×150 mm column, 40° C.
  • The UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • A: 99.95% H2O, 0.05% TFA B: 99.95% CH3CN, 0.05% TFA
  • The following linear gradient was used: 95% A, 5% B to 40% A, 60% B over 16 minutes at a flow-rate of 0.40 ml/min.
  • Method 08 B4 1
  • UPLC (method 08_B41): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 Å, 1.7 um, 2.1 mm×150 mm column, 40° C.
  • The UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • A: 99.95% H2O, 0.05% TFA B: 99.95% CH3CN, 0.05% TFA
  • The following linear gradient was used: 95% A, 5% B to 95% A, 5% B over 16 minutes at a flow-rate of 0.40 ml/min.
  • Method 05 B10 1
  • UPLC (Method 05_B101): The RP-analyses was performed using a Waters UPLC system fitted with a dual band detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using an ACQUITY UPLC BEH130, C18, 130 Å, 1.7 um, 2.1 mm×150 mm column, 40° C.
  • The UPLC system was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • A: 0.2 M Na2SO4, 0.04 M H3PO4, 10% CH3CN (pH 3.5) B: 70% CH3CN, 30% H2O
  • The following linear gradient was used: 40% A, 60% B to 20% A, 80% B over 8 minutes at a flow-rate of 0.40 ml/min.
  • Method 02 B4 4
  • UPLC (Method 02_B44): The RP-analysis was performed using a Alliance Waters 2695 system fitted with a Waters 2487 dualband detector. UV detections at 214 nm and 254 nm were collected using a Symmetry300 C18, 5 um, 3.9 mm×150 mm column, 42° C. Eluted with a linear gradient of 5-95% acetonitrile, 90-0% water, and 5% trifluoroacetic acid (1.0%) in water over 15 minutes at a flow-rate of 1.0 ml/min.
  • Method 01 B4 1
  • HPLC (Method 01_B41): The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters 600S system fitted with a Waters 996 diode array detector. UV detections were collected using a Waters 3 mm×150 mm 3.5 um C-18 Symmetry column. The column was heated to 42° C. and eluted with a linear gradient of 5-95% acetonitrile, 90-0% water, and 5% trifluoroacetic acid (1.0%) in water over 15 minutes at a flow-rate of 1 ml/min.
  • MALDI-MS Method
  • Molecular weights were determined using matrix-assisted laser desorption and ionisation time-of-flight mass spectroscopy, recorded on a Microflex or Autoflex (Bruker). A matrix of alpha-cyano-4-hydroxy cinnamic acid was used.
  • NMR Method
  • Proton NMR spectra were recorded using a Brucker Avance DPX 300 (300 MHz) with tetramethylsilane as an internal standard. Chemical shifts (6) are given in ppm and splitting patterns are designated as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; dd, double doublet; dt, double triplet t, triplet, tt, triplet of triplets; q, quartet; quint, quintet; sext, sextet; m, multiplet, and br=broad.
  • B. Synthesis of Intermediates 1. Synthesis of Mono Esters of Fatty Diacids
  • Overnight reflux of the C12, C14, C16 and C18 diacids with Boc-anhydride, DMAP, and t-butanol in toluene gives predominately the t-butyl mono ester. Obtained is after work-up a mixture of mono acid, diacid and diester. Purification is carried out by washing, short plug silica filtration and crystallisation.
  • 2. Synthesis of 2-(1-Trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl amine
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00023
  • Histamine dihydrochloride (20.47 g; 0.111 mol) and triethylamine (48 mL; 0.345 mol) in absolute methanol (400 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Trifluoroacetic acid ethyl ester (14.6 mL; 0.122 mol) in methanol (30 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min at 0° C. Reaction mixture was stirred for 3.5 hrs at room temperature and then it was evaporated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichlormethane (450 mL) and triethylamine (31 mL; 0.222 mol) was added. Then trityl chloride (34.1 g; 0.122 mol) was added piecewise and mixture was stirred over night at room temperature. Chloroform (400 mL) and water (600 mL) were poured into reaction mixture. Aqueous layer was separated and extracted with chloroform (3×400 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Solvent was removed and the beige solid was triturated with hexanes (1000 mL). Suspension was filtered to yield 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-acetamide as white solid.
  • Yield: 45.54 g (91%).
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 8.44 (bs, 1H); 7.43 (s, 1H); 7.41-7.33 (m, 9H); 7.19-7.10 (m, 6H); 6.65 (s, 1H); 3.66 (q, J=5.9 Hz, 2H); 2.79 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H).
  • The above amide (45.54 g; 0.101 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (1000 mL) and methanol (1200 mL). A solution of sodium hydroxide (20.26 g; 0.507 mol) in water (500 mL) was added. Mixture was stirred for 2 hrs at room temperature and then it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was separated between chloroform (1200 mL) and water (800 mL). Aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (3×400 mL). Organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent yielded brown oil, which was dried for 3 days in vacuo to give the title product as beige solid.
  • Yield: 32.23 g (90%).
  • Overall yield: 82%.
  • M.p.: 111-113° C.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 7.39 (d, J=1.3, 1H); 7.38-7.32 (m, 9H); 7.20-7.12 (m, 6H); 6.61 (s, 1H); 3.00 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H); 2.70 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 1.93 (bs, 2H).
  • 3. Synthesis of 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00024
  • A mixture of Meldrum's acid (5.52 g, 38.3 mmol), potassium carbonate (26.5 g, 191 mmol) and methyl iodide (7.15 mL, 115 mmol) in acetonitrile (75 mL) was heated at 75° C. in a sealed tube for 7 hrs. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (300 mL), filtered and the filtrate evaporated to dryness in vacuo. Ethyl acetate (75 mL), hexanes (75 mL) and water (50 mL) were added and phases were separated. The organic layer was washed with 10% aqueous solution of sodium thiosulfate (50 mL) and water (50 mL); dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and solvent removed in vacuo to give 2,2,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3]dioxane-4,6-dione as white solid.
  • Yield: 6.59 g (79%).
  • RF (SiO2, chloroform/ethyl acetate, 98:2): 0.60.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 1.76 (s, 6H); 1.65 (s, 6H).
  • A solution of 2-(1-Trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl amine (5.00 g, 14.2 mmol) prepared as described above and triethylamine (9.86 mL, 70.7 mmol) in toluene (80 mL) was added dropwise over 50 min to a solution of the above dione compound (3.65 g, 21.2 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) at 75° C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for additional 3 hrs (until the starting amine was detected on TLC), then it was evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in chloroform (300 mL) and washed with 10% aqueous solution of citric acid (200 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with chloroform (2×60 mL); the chloroform phases were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated with hot chloroform (140 mL); hexanes (70 mL) were added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. Solids were filtered off, washed with chloroform/hexanes mixture (1:1, 2×50 mL) and dried in vacuo to give the title product.
  • Yield: 6.73 g (88%).
  • M.p.: 161-162° C.
  • RF (SiO2, chloroform/methanol, 85:15): 0.40.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 12.45 (bs, 1H); 7.66 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 1H); 7.57-7.31 (m, 9H); 7.26 (s, 1H); 7.20-7.02 (m, 6H); 6.66 (s, 1H); 3.25 (m, 2H); 2.57 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H); 1.21 (s, 6H).
  • 4. Synthesis of 4-(4-tert-Butyl-phenyl)-butyric acid
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00025
  • Aluminum chloride powder (80.0 g, 600 mmol) was added in portions to a stirred mixture of tert-butylbenzene (40.0 g, 300 mmol) and succinic anhydride (26.7 g, 267 mmol) and 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane (100 mL). After all the aluminum chloride had been added, the mixture was poured into a mixture of ice (500 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with water (500 mL) and the solvent distilled off. Solid residue was dissolved in hot 15% aqueous solution of sodium carbonate (1000 mL), filtered, cooled and the acid was precipitated with hydrochloric acid (acidified to pH=1). The crude acid was filtered, dried on air and recrystalised from benzene (500 mL) to give 4-(4-tert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-butyric acid as colorless crystals.
  • Yield: 36.00 g (58%).
  • M.p.: 117-120° C.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 7.93 (dm, J=8.3 Hz, 2H); 7.48 (dm, J=8.3 Hz, 2H); 3.30 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H); 2.81 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H); 1.34 (s, 9H).
  • A mixture of the above acid (36.0 g, 154 mmol), potassium hydroxide (25.8 g, 462 mmol), hydrazine hydrate (20 mL, 400 mmol) and ethylene glycol (135 mL) was refluxed for 3 hrs, and then distilled until the temperature of the vapor had risen to 196-198° C. After a further 14 hrs reflux, the mixture was allowed to cool slightly, and was then poured into cold water (200 mL). The mixture was acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid (to pH=1) and extracted with dichloromethane (2×400 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, solvent removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by column chromatography (Silicagel 60A, 0.060-0.200 mm; eluent: hexanes/ethyl acetate 10:1-6:1) to give the title product as off white solid.
  • Yield: 16.25 g (48%).
  • M.p.: 59-60° C.
  • RF (SiO2, ethyl acetate): 0.60.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 7.31 (dm, J=8.1 Hz, 2H); 7.12 (dm, J=8.1 Hz, 2H); 2.64 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H); 2.38 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H); 1.96 (m, 2H); 1.31 (s, 9H).
  • 5. Synthesis of 2,2-Dimethyl-N-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-malonamic acid
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00026
  • Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (15.9 g, 229 mmol) was added to a solution of 4(5)-imidazolecarboxaldehyde (20.0 g, 209 mmol) and sodium carbonate (12.1 g, 114 mmol) in water (400 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was evaporated to 100 mL and cooled in an ice bath. The solids were separated by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated to 40 mL. After cooling to 0° C., another portion of crystals was obtained. The solids (23 g) were combined and recrystallised from ethanol (approx. 160 mL) to afford imidazole-4(5)-carbaldehyde oxime as colorless crystals.
  • Yield: 15.98 g (69%).
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, acetone-d3+D2O, δH): 7.78 (bs, 1H); 7.74 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H); 7.43 (s, 1H).
  • Acetyl chloride (51.0 mL, 718 mmol) was added dropwise to methanol (670 mL) at 0° C. under argon. After 30 min, the cooling bath was removed and the above oxime (16.0 g, 144 mmol) was added, followed by palladium on carbon (5 wt %, 6.1 g). The mixture was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 17 hrs, then it was filtered through Celite and the solvent evaporated to give pure 4-(aminomethyl)-imidazole dihydrochloride as colorless crystals.
  • Yield: 23.92 g (98%).
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, D2O, δH): 8.72 (s, 1H); 7.60 (s, 1H); 4.33 (s, 2H).
  • The above amine dihydrochloride (18.9 g; 111 mmol) and triethylamine (93 mL; 667 mmol) in methanol (1000 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Trifluoroacetic acid ethyl ester (13.3 mL; 111 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was added dropwise over 40 min at 0° C. Reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hrs at room temperature and then it was evaporated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dry dichlormethane (2000 mL) and triethylamine (31 mL; 222 mmol) was added. Then trityl chloride (31.6 g; 113 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Chloroform (1000 mL) and water (1000 mL) were poured into the reaction mixture. Aqueous layer was separated and extracted with chloroform (2×300 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Solvent was removed and the beige solid was triturated with hexanes (1000 mL). Suspension was filtered to yield 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-acetamide as white solid.
  • Yield: 46.59 g (96%).
  • RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5): 0.35.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 9.77 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H); 7.47-7.34 (m, 9H); 7.33 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H); 7.13-7.03 (m, 6H); 6.80 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H); 4.25 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H).
  • The above amide (46.6 g; 107 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (600 mL) and ethanol (310 mL). A solution of sodium hydroxide (21.4 g; 535 mmol) in water (85 mL) was added. Mixture was stirred for 5 hrs at room temperature and then it was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was separated between chloroform (1600 mL) and water (800 mL). Aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (4×200 mL). Organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent yielded (1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-methylamine as off white solid.
  • Yield: 36.30 g (100%).
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 7.38 (d, J=1.3, 1H); 7.36-7.30 (m, 9H); 7.18-7.10 (m, 6H); 6.69 (m, 1H); 3.77 (s, 2H); 1.80 (bs, 2H).
  • A solution of the above amine (10.0 g, 29.5 mmol) and triethylamine (20.5 mL, 147 mmol) in toluene (220 mL) was added dropwise over 45 min to a solution of 2,2,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3]dioxane-4,6-dione (3.65 g, 21.2 mmol) in toluene (80 mL) at 75° C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for additional 3 hrs (until the starting amine was detected on TLC), then it was evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in chloroform (500 mL) and washed with 10% aqueous solution of citric acid (300 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with chloroform (100 mL); the chloroform phases were combined, washed with water (150 mL) dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluke 60, dichloromethane/methanol 98:2 to 9:1) and crystallised from chloroform/hexanes mixture to give the title product as beige crystals.
  • Yield: 9.80 g (73%).
  • M.p.: 174-175° C.
  • RF (SiO2, chloroform/methanol, 85:15): 0.35.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 8.45 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H); 7.53 (s, 1H); 7.40-7.28 (m, 9H); 7.14-7.01 (m, 6H); 6.84 (s, 1H); 4.39 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H); 1.44 (s, 6H).
  • 6. Synthesis of 3-(1-Trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-propyl amine
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00027
  • Ethyl 3-(1-trityl-4-imidazolyl)propionate (93.0 g, 223 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran/diethyl ether (1:1, 100 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of lithium aluminium hydride (17.0 g, 446 mmol) during 1 hr. The mixture was refluxed for 3 hrs, then treated with water (100 mL), 20% sodium hydroxide (100 mL) and water (100 mL) under cooling with ice/water, filtered and the solid washed with tetrahydrofuran. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous potassium carbonate, filtered and evaporated to give 3-(1-trityl-4-imidazolyl)propanol as white solid.
  • Yield: 68.0 g (82%).
  • M.p.: 127-129° C.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 7.40-7.24 (m, 10H); 7.17-7.06 (m, 6H); 6.55 (s, 1H); 3.72 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 2H); 2.68 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H); 1.86 (m, 2H).
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride (8 mL, 104 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of the above alcohol (32.0 g, 86.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (400 mL) and triethyl amine (15.5 mL) at 0° C. during 1 hr. The mixture was stirred without cooling for an additional 1 hr; then it was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Dichloromethane was evaporated at 30° C. in vacuo and the residual oily mesylate was used directly in the next step.
  • Yield: 31.2 g (80%).
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 7.37-7.30 (m, 10H); 7.16-7.09 (m, 6H); 6.58 (s, 1 H); 4.24 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H); 2.96 (s, 3H); 2.67 (m, 2H); 2.10 (m, 2H).
  • A mixture of the above mesylate (30.0 g, 67 mmol), potassium phtalimide (18.0 g, 100 mmol), sodium iodide (4.0 g, 26.7 mmol) and dimethylformamide (200 mL) was stirred overnight at ambient temperature and then treated with water (2 L) and benzene (2 L). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and solvent evaporated giving a residue, which was recrystallised from benzene yielding 1-trityl-4-(3-phtalimidopropyl)imidazole as white solid.
  • Yield: 17.2 g (52%).
  • M.p.: 211-214° C.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 7.83 (m, 2H); 7.72 (m, 2H); 7.39-7.27 (m, 10H); 7.18-7.07 (m, 6H); 6.60 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H); 3.72 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H); 2.60 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H); 1.99 (m, 2H).
  • The above imidazole derivative (26.6 g, 53.5 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (300 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (150 mL) at 60° C., hydrazine hydrate (50 g, 1 mol) was added and the solution was refluxed for 6 hrs and then heated at 70° C. overnight. The solid was removed by filtration and the filtrate was treated with 25% aqueous solution of ammonia (2.5 l) and dichloromethane (2.5 L). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous potassium carbonate and evaporated to give a residue, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (Fluke 60, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol) giving the title compound as white solid.
  • Yield: 14.2 g (72%).
  • M.p.: 112-113° C.
  • RF (SiO2, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 9:1): 0.30.
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCl3, δH): 7.37-7.28 (m, 10H); 7.18-7.09 (m, 6H); 6.53 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H); 2.74 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H); 2.59 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H); 1.95 (bs, 2H); 1.78 (m, 2H).
  • 7. Synthesis of 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-propyl]-malonamic acid
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00028
  • 2-Chlorotrityl chloride resin (2.3 g, 3.0 mmol) was swelled in DCM for 20 mins and filtrered. Dimethylmalonic acid (2 eq; 6.0 mmol; 793 mg) was dissolved i DCM:DMF 1:1 (10 mL) and added to the resin followed by DIPEA (6 eq; 18.0 mmol; 3.14 mL) and DCM (10 mL). The resin was shaken overnight at RT. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM:MeOH:DIPEA (17:2:1), DCM, NMP og DCM (2×25 mL of each). The resin was swelled in DMF for 20 mins and filtered. HOAt (3 eq; 9.0 mmol; 1.23 g), DIC (3 eq; 9.0 mmol; 1.40 mL) and DMF (25 mL) was added and the resin was shaken for 90 min at RT. The resin was filtered and 3-(1-Trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-propyl amine (1.8 eq; 5.40 mmol; 1.84 g), DIPEA (4 eq; 6.0 mmol; 2.09 mL), and DMF (10 mL) was added. The resin was shaken for 2 days. The resin was filtered and washed with NMP (5×20 mL) and DCM (10×20 mL). 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanol/dichlormethan 1:1 (20 mL) was added to the resin and it was shaked for 2 hrs. The resin was washed with 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanol/dichlormethan 1:1 (10 mL) and the combined filtrates were collected and concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound.
  • Yield: 600 mg (41%).
  • LCMS4: m/z=482 (M+1)
  • UPLC (method 02_B44): Rt=8.07 min
  • 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.36-7.44 (9H, m), 7.07-7.12 (6H, m), 6.62 (1H, s), 3.02-3.09 (2H, q), 2.38-2.43 (2H, t), 1.61-1.69 (2H, m), 1.26 (6H, s)
  • 8. Synthesis of 2,2-Dimethyl-N-pyridin-2-ylmethylmalonamic acid
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00029
  • Chlorotrityl chloride resin (2.3 g, 3.0 mmol) was swelled in DCM for 20 mins and filtered. Dimethylmalonic acid (2 eq; 6.0 mmol; 793 mg) was dissolved i DCM:NMP 1:1 (10 mL) and added to the resin followed by DIPEA (6 eq; 18.0 mmol; 3.14 mL) and DCM (10 mL). The resin was shaken overnight at RT. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM:MeOH:DIPEA (17:2:1), DCM, NMP og DCM (2×25 mL of each). The resin was swelled in NMP for 20 mins and filtered. HOAt (3 eq; 9.0 mmol; 1.23 g), DIC (3 eq; 9.0 mmol; 1.40 mL) and NMP (25 mL) was added and the resin was shaken for 90 min at RT. The resin was filtrered and 2-(Aminomethyl)pyridine (2 eq; 6 mmol; 659 mg), DIPEA (4 eq; 6.0 mmol; 2.09 mL), and NMP (10 mL) was added. The resin was shaken for overnight. The resin was filtered and washed with NMP (5×20 mL) and DCM (10×20 mL). TFA/TIS/water (95:2.5:2.5; 30 mL) was added to the resin and it was shaked for 1 hr, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound.
  • Yield: 600 mg (41%).
  • LCMS4: m/z=223 (M+1)
  • UPLC (method 08_B41): Rt=1.79 min
  • C. Synthesis of Compounds of the Invention Example 1 N9-[-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Nε18-[2-(2-[2-(2-[2-(2-((S)-3-[1-(19-Carboxy-nonadecanoyl)-piperidine-4-carboxyamino]-3-carboxypropionylamino)ethoxy)ethoxy]acetylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy)acetyl][Lys18,Glu22, Gln34]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00030
  • Preparation method: SPPS method E. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • LCMS4: m/z=1441.63 (m/3), 1081.62 (m/4)
  • Example 2 N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Nε26-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(S)-4-Carboxy-4-(17-carboxyheptadecanoylamino)butyrylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)acetylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)acetyl][His31,Gln34]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00031
  • Preparation method: SPPS method B. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid, Fmoc-Oeg-OH, Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, and octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester were coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid.
  • LCMS4: Rt=2.23 min. m/z=1341 (m/3), 1006 (m/4)
  • Example 3 N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Nε36-(2-{2-[2-(17-carboxyheptadecanoylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy}acetyl) (Glu30,Lys36)GLP-1(9-37) Glu38-peptide amide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00032
  • Preparation method: As in Example 2
  • LCMS4: Rt=6.90 min. m/z=1319 (m/3), 990 (m/4)
  • Example 4 N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-propylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Nε36-(2-{2-[2-(17-carboxyheptadecanoylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy}acetyl) [Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1(9-37)Glu38-peptide amide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00033
  • Preparation method: SPPS method B. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-propyl]-malonamic acid, Fmoc-Oeg-OH, and octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester were coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • LCMS4: m/z=1324 (m/3), 993 (m/4)
  • UPLC (method 04_A31): Rt=12.55 min
  • Example 5 N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Nε36-(2-{2-[2-(17-carboxyheptadecanoylamino)ethoxy}ethoxy]acetyl)[Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1(9-37) Glu38-peptide amide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00034
  • Preparation method: SPPS method B. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-malonamic acid, Fmoc-Oeg-OH, and octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester were coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • LCMS4: m/z=1313 (m/3), 975 (m/4)
  • UPLC (method 04_A31): Rt=12.44 min
  • Example 6 N3-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(S)-4-Carboxy-4-(17-carboxyheptadecanoylamino)-butyrylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)-acetylamino]ethoxy}-ethoxy)acetyl][Arg17,Arg20,Arg33,Lys38]GLP-1A(3-37)-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00035
  • Preparation method: SPPS method B. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-malonamic acid, Fmoc-Oeg-OH, Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, and octadecanedioic acid mono-tert-butyl ester were coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • LCMS4: m/z=1663 (m/3), 1247 (m/4), 998 (m/5)
  • UPLC (method 04_A31): Rt=11.26 min
  • Example 7 N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Nε26-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{(S)-4-Carboxy-4-[10-(4-carboxy-phenoxy)-decanoylamino]-butyrylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetyl}, Nε37-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{(S)-4-Carboxy-4-[10-(4-carboxy-phenoxy)-decanoylamino]-butyrylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetyl}[Arg34,Lys37]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00036
  • Preparation method: SPPS method B. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid. 8-(9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl-amino)-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (commercially available from Iris Biotech), Fmoc-Glu-OtBu and 4-(9-carboxy-nonyloxy)-benzoic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared as described in Example 25, step 2 of WO 2006/082204) were coupled using SPPS method D.
  • UPLC (method 08_B41): Rt=8.81 min.
  • LCMS4: Rt=2.29 min. m/z=1625 (m/3), 1219 (m/4), 975 (m/5)
  • Example 8 N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}Nε26-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{(S)-4-Carboxy-4-[10-(4-carboxy-phenoxy)-decanoylamino]-butyrylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetyl}, Nε37-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{(S)-4-Carboxy-4-[10-(4-carboxy-phenoxy)-decanoylamino]-butyrylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetyl}[Arg34,Lys37]GLP-1(9-37)Glu38-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00037
  • Preparation method: SPPS method B. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid. 8-(9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl-amino)-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (commercially available from Iris Biotech), Fmoc-Glu-OtBu, and 4-(9-carboxy-nonyloxy)-benzoic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared as described in Example 25, step 2 of WO 2006/082204) were coupled using SPPS method D.
  • UPLC (method 04_A31): Rt=9.32 min.
  • LCMS4: Rt=2.29 min., m/z=1669 (m/3), 1252 (m/4), 1001 (m/5)
  • Example 9 N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-Nε26-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{(S)-4-[4-(4-tert-Butyl-phenyl)-butyrylamino]-4-carboxy-butyrylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetyl}, Nε37-{2-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{(S)-4-[4-(4-tert-Butyl-phenyl)-butyrylamino]-4-carboxy-butyrylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetylamino}-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-acetyl}[Arg34, Lys37]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00038
  • Preparation method: SPPS method B. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as Fmoc-Aib amino acid. 8-(9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl-amino)-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (commercially available from Iris Biotech), Fmoc-Glu-OtBu and 4-(4-t-butylphenyl)butyric acid were coupled using SPPS method D.
  • UPLC (method 04_A41): Rt=10.56 min.
  • LCMS4: Rt=2.40 min. m/z=940 (m/5), 1174 (m/4), 1565 (m/3)
  • Example 10 N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}Nε26-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2-{2-[(S)-4-Carboxy-4-(17-carboxyheptadecanoylamino)butyrylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)acetylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)acetyl][Arg34]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00039
  • Preparation method: SPPS method E. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as an Aib amino acid
  • LCMS4: m/z=1367.30 (m/3), 1025.60 (m/4)
  • Example 11 Comparative Compound N9-(5-oxo-5-phenylpentanoyl), Nε26-[2-[2-[2-[[2-[2-[2-[[(4S)-4-carboxy-4-(17-carboxyheptadecanoylamino)butanoyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]acetyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]acetyl]-[Arg34]-GLP-1-(9-37)-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00040
  • Preparation method: SPPS method B
  • UPLC (method 01_B41: Rt=11.48
  • LCMS2: Rt=5.60 m/z 1356 (m/3)
  • Example 12 N9-[2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-3-(pyridin-2-ylmethylamino)propanoyl], Nε26-[2-[2-[2-[[2-[2-[2-[[(4S)-4-carboxy-4-[10-(4-carboxyphenoxy)decanoylamino]butanoyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]acetyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]acetyl], Nε37-[2-[2-[2-[[2-[2-[2-[[(4S)-4-carboxy-4-[10-(4-carboxyphenoxy)decanoylamino]butanoyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]acetyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]acetyl]-[Arg34,Lys3]-GLP-1-(9-37)-peptide
  • Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00041
  • Preparation method: SSPS method B. 2,2-Dimethyl-N-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-malonamic acid was coupled using the same coupling condition as used for 2,2-Dimethyl-N-[2-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-malonamic acid in the previous examples. Fmoc-Glu-OtBu and 4-(9-carboxy-nonyloxy)-benzoic acid tert-butyl ester (prepared as described in Example 25, step 2 of WO 2006/082204) were coupled using SPPS method D
  • UPLC (method 08_B41): Rt=8.98 min
  • LCMS4: Rt=2.23 min. m/z=1624(m/3), 1218 (m/4)
  • Pharmacological Methods Example 13 In Vitro Potency
  • The purpose of this example is to test the activity, or potency, of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives in vitro.
  • The potencies of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives of Examples 1-12 were determined as described below, i.e. as the stimulation of the formation of cyclic AMP (cAMP) in a medium containing membranes expressing the human GLP-1 receptor.
  • It is noted that the compound of Example 11 (Chem. 40) is a comparative compound based on compound 215 (p. 24) of WO 2004/067548, which according to FIG. 1 of this WO publication is one of the most potent compounds of this publication
  • Principle
  • Purified plasma membranes from a stable transfected cell line, BHK467-12A (tk-ts13), expressing the human GLP-1 receptor were stimulated with the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivative in question, and the potency of cAMP production was measured using the AlphaScreen™ cAMP Assay Kit from Perkin Elmer Life Sciences. The basic principle of The AlphaScreen Assay is a competition between endogenous cAMP and exogenously added biotin-cAMP. The capture of cAMP is achieved by using a specific antibody conjugated to acceptor beads.
  • Cell Culture and Preparation of Membranes
  • A stable transfected cell line and a high expressing clone were selected for screening. The cells were grown at 5% CO2 in DMEM, 5% FCS, 1% Pen/Strep (Penicillin/Streptomycin) and 0.5 mg/ml of the selection marker G418.
  • Cells at approximate 80% confluence were washed 2× with PBS and harvested with Versene (aqueous solution of the tetrasodium salt of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid), centrifuged 5 min at 1000 rpm and the supernatant removed. The additional steps were all made on ice. The cell pellet was homogenised by the Ultrathurax for 20-30 sec. in 10 ml of Buffer 1 (20 mM Na-HEPES, 10 mM EDTA, pH=7.4), centrifuged 15 min at 20.000 rpm and the pellet resuspended in 10 ml of Buffer 2 (20 mM Na-HEPES, 0.1 mM EDTA, pH=7.4). The suspension was homogenised for 20-30 sec and centrifuged 15 min at 20,000 rpm. Suspension in Buffer 2, homogenisation and centrifugation was repeated once and the membranes were resuspended in Buffer 2. The protein concentration was determined and the membranes stored at −80° C. until use.
  • The assay was performed in ½-area 96-well plates, flat bottom (Costar cat. no: 3693). The final volume per well was 50 μl.
  • Solutions and Reagents
  • AlphaScreen cAMP Assay Kit from Perkin Elmer Life Sciences (cat. No: 6760625M); containing Anti-cAMP Acceptor beads (10 U/μl), Streptavidin Donor beads (10 U/μl) and Biotinylated-cAMP (133 U/μl).
  • AlphaScreen Buffer, pH=7.4: 50 mM TRIS-HCl (Sigma, cat.no: T3253); 5 mM HEPES (Sigma, cat.no: H3375); 10 mM MgCl2, 6H2O (Merck, cat.no: 5833); 150 mM NaCl (Sigma, cat.no: S9625); 0.01% Tween (Merck, cat.no: 822184). The following was added to the AlphaScreen Buffer prior to use (final concentrations indicated): BSA (Sigma, cat. no. A7906): 0.1%; IBMX (Sigma, cat. no. 15879): 0.5 mM; ATP (Sigma, cat. no. A7699): 1 mM; GTP (Sigma, cat. no. G8877): 1 uM.
  • cAMP standard (dilution factor in assay=5): cAMP Solution: 5 μL of a 5 mM cAMP-stock+495 μL AlphaScreen Buffer.
  • Suitable dilution series in AlphaScreen Buffer were prepared of the cAMP standard as well as the GLP-1 analogue or derivative to be tested, e.g. the following eight concentrations of the GLP-1 compound: 10−7, 10−8, 10−9, 10−10, 10−11, 10−12, 10−13 and 10−14M, and a series from, e.g., 10−6 to 3×10−11 of cAMP.
  • Membrane/Acceptor Beads
  • Use hGLP-1/BHK 467-12A membranes; 6 μg/well corresponding to 0.6 mg/ml (the amount of membranes used pr. well may vary)
  • “No membranes”: Acceptor Beads (15 μg/ml final) in AlphaScreen buffer
  • “6 μg/well membranes”: membranes+Acceptor Beads (15 μg/ml final) in AlphaScreen buffer
  • Add 10 μl “No membranes” to the cAMP standard (per well in duplicates) and the positive and negative controls
  • Add 10 μl “6 μg/well membranes” to GLP-1 and analogues (per well in duplicates/triplicates)
  • Pos. Control: 10 μl “no membranes”+10 μl AlphaScreen Buffer
  • Neg. Control: 10 μl “no membranes”+10 μl cAMP Stock Solution (50 μM)
  • As the beads are sensitive to direct light, any handling was in the dark (as dark as possible), or in green light. All dilutions were made on ice.
  • Procedure
  • 1. Make the AlphaScreen Buffer.
  • 2. Dissolve and dilute the GLP-1/Analogues/cAMP standard in AlphaScreen Buffer.
    3. Make the Donor Beads solution and incubate 30 min. at R.T.
    4. Add the cAMP/GLP-1/Analogues to the plate: 10 μl per well.
    5. Prepare membrane/Acceptor Beads solution and add this to the plates: 10 μl per well.
    6. Add the Donor Beads: 30 μl per well.
    7. Wrap the plate in aluminum foil and incubate on the shaker for 3 hours (very slowly) at RT.
    8. Count on AlphaScreen—each plate pre incubates in the AlphaScreen for 3 minutes before counting.
  • If desired, the fold variation in relation to GLP-1 may be calculated as EC50 (GLP-1)/EC50 (analogue)—3693.2.
  • Results
  • The EC50 [pM] values were calculated using the Graph-Pad Prism software (version 5).
  • All tested derivatives of the invention had a good in vitro potency corresponding to an EC50 of 2100 pM or below; eight derivatives were even more potent having and EC50 at 1000 pM or below; five derivatives had a still further improved potency corresponding to an EC50 at 500 pM or below; four derivatives were very potent corresponding to an EC50 at 300 pM or below; and one derivative had a very good potency corresponding to an EC50 at 100 pM or below.
  • The comparative compound of Example 11 was much less potent, namely with an EC50 of above 8000 pM.
  • Example 14 GLP-1 Receptor Binding
  • The purpose of this experiment is to investigate the binding to the GLP-1 receptor of the GLP-1 agonist derivatives, and how the binding is potentially influenced by the presence of albumin. This is done in an in vitro experiment as described below.
  • The binding affinity of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives of Examples 1-12 to the human GLP-1 receptor was measured by way of their ability to displace of 125I-GLP-1 from the receptor.
  • It is noted that the compound of Example 11 (Chem. 40) is a comparative compound based on compound 215 (p. 24) of WO 2004/067548, which according to FIG. 1 of this WO publication is one of the most potent compounds of this publication.
  • In order to test the binding of the derivatives to albumin, the assay was performed with a low concentration of albumin (0.005%—corresponding to the residual amount thereof in the tracer), as well as with a high concentration of albumin (2.0% added).
  • A shift in the binding affinity, IC50, is an indication that the peptide in question binds to albumin, and thereby a prediction of a potential protracted pharmacokinetic profile of the peptide in question in animal models.
  • Conditions
  • Species (in vitro): Hamster
  • Biological End Point: Receptor Binding
  • Assay Method: SPA
  • Receptor: GLP-1 receptor
  • Cell Line: BHK tk-ts13
  • Cell Culture and Membrane Purification
  • A stable transfected cell line and a high expressing clone were selected for screening. The cells were grown at 5% CO2 in DMEM, 10% FCS, 1% Pen/Strep (Penicillin/Streptomycin) and 1.0 mg/ml of the selection marker G418.
  • The cells (approx. 80% confluence) were washed twice in PBS and harvested with Versene (aqueous solution of the tetrasodium salt of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid), following which they were separated by centrifugation at 1000 rpm for 5 min. The cells/cell pellet must be kept on ice to the extent possible in the subsequent steps. The cell pellet was homogenised with Ultrathurrax for 20-30 seconds in a suitable amount of Buffer 1 (depending on the amount of cells, but e.g. 10 ml). The homogenate was centrifuged at 20000 rpm for 15 minutes. The pellet was resuspended (homogenised) in 10 ml Buffer 2 and re-centrifuged. This step was repeated once more. The resulting pellet was resuspended in Buffer 2, and the protein concentration was determined. The membranes were stored at minus 80° C.
  • Buffer 1: 20 mM Na-HEPES+10 mM EDTA, pH 7.4
  • Buffer 2: 20 mM Na-HEPES+0.1 mM EDTA, pH 7.4
  • Binding Assay:
  • SPA:
  • Test compounds, membranes, SPA-particles and [125I]-GLP-1(7-36)NH2 were diluted in assay buffer. 25 ul (micro liter) of test compounds were added to Optiplate. HSA (“high albumin” experiment containing 2% HSA), or buffer (“low albumin” experiment containing 0.005% HSA), was added (50 ul). 5-10 ug protein/sample was added (50 ul) corresponding to 0.1-0.2 mg protein/ml (to be preferably optimised for each membrane preparation). SPA-particles (Wheatgerm agglutinin SPA beads, Perkin Elmer, #RPNQ0001) were added in an amount of 0.5 mg/well (50 ul). The incubation was started with [125I]-GLP-1]-(7-36)NH2 (final concentration 0.06 nM corresponding to 49.880 DPM, 25 ul). The plates were sealed with PlateSealer and incubated for 120 minutes at 30° C. while shaking. The plates were centrifuged (1500 rpm, 10 min) and counted in Topcounter.
  • Assay buffer:
  • 50 mM HEPES
  • 5 mM EGTA
  • 5 mM MgC12
  • 0.005% Tween 20
  • pH 7.4
  • HSA was SIGMA A1653
  • Calculations
  • The IC50 value was read from the curve as the concentration which displaces 50% of 125I-GLP-1 from the receptor, and the ratio of [(IC50/nM) high HSA]/[(IC50/nM) low HSA] was determined.
  • Generally, the binding to the GLP-1 receptor at low albumin concentration should be as good as possible, corresponding to a low IC50 value.
  • The IC50 value at high albumin concentration is a measure of the influence of albumin on the binding of the derivative to the GLP-1 receptor. As is known, the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives also bind to albumin. This is a generally desirable effect, which extends their lifetime in plasma. Therefore, the IC50 value at high albumin will generally be higher than the IC50 value at low albumin, corresponding to a reduced binding to the GLP-1 receptor, caused by albumin binding competing with the binding to the GLP-1 receptor.
  • A high ratio (IC50 value (high albumin)/IC50 value (low albumin)) may therefore be taken as an indication that the derivative in question binds well to albumin (may have a long half-life), and also per se binds well to the GLP-1 receptor (the IC50 value (high albumin) is high, and the IC50 value (low albumin) is low).
  • Results
  • The following results were obtained, where “ratio” refers to [(IC50/nM) high HSA]/[(IC50/nM) low HSA]):
  • All derivatives had a ratio above 10; ten were above 20; six derivatives were above 30; four derivatives were above 50; and one derivative was above 100. The comparative compound of Example 11, had a ratio above 300.
  • Furthermore as regards IC50 (low albumin), all derivatives, except the comparative compound of Example 11, had an IC50 (low albumin) below 40 nM; all but one below 20 nM; all but four were below 10.0 nM; five were below 5.00 nM; and three derivatives were below 1.00 nM.
  • Finally as regards IC50 (high albumin), all derivatives of the invention had an IC50 (high albumin) below 900.00 nM; nine were below 500.00 nM; four were below 100.00 nM; and two derivatives were below 50.00 nM. The IC50 (high albumin) for the comparative compound of Example 11 was above 800.00 nM.
  • Example 15 Estimate of Oral Bioavailability
  • The purpose of this experiment is to estimate the oral bioavailability of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives.
  • To this end, the exposure in plasma after direct injection into the intestinal lumen of the compounds is studied in vivo in rats, as described in the following.
  • The compounds are tested in a concentration of 1000 uM in a solution of 55 mg/ml sodium caprate.
  • 32 male Sprague Dawley rats with a body weight upon arrival of approximately 240 g are obtained from Taconic (Denmark) and assigned to the different treatments by simple randomisation, 4 rats per group. The rats are fasted for approximately 18 hours before the experiment and taken into general anaesthesia (Hypnorm/Dormicum).
  • The compounds are administered in the jejunum either in the proximal part (10 cm distal for the duodenum) or in the mid-intestine (50 cm proximal for the cecum). A PE50-catheter, 10 cm long is inserted into the jejunum, forwarded at least 1.5 cm into the jejunum, and secured before dosing by ligature around the gut and the catheter with 3/0 suture distal to tip to prevent leak or catheter displacement. Catheter is placed without syringe and needle and 2 ml saline is administered into abdomen before closing the incision with wound clips.
  • 100 μl of the respective compound is injected into the jejunal lumen through the catheter with a 1 ml syringe. Subsequently, 200 μl of air is pushed into the jejunal lumen with another syringe to “flush” the catheter. This syringe is leaved connected to the catheter to prevent flow back into the catheter.
  • Blood samples (200 ul) are collected at desired intervals (usually at times 0, 10, 30, 60, 120 and 240 min) into EDTA tubes from the tail vein and centrifuged 5 minutes, 10000G, at 4° C. within 20 minutes. Plasma (75 ul) is separated to Micronic tubes, immediately frozen, and kept at −20° C. until analyzed for plasma concentration of the respective GLP-1 receptor agonist derivative with LOCI (Luminescent Oxygen Channeling Immunoassay), generally as described for the determination of insulin by Poulsen and Jensen in Journal of Biomolecular Screening 2007, vol. 12, p. 240-247. The donor beads are coated with streptavidin, while acceptor beads are conjugated with a monoclonal antibody recognising a mid-/C-terminal epitope of the peptide. Another monoclonal antibody, specific for the N-terminus, is biotinylated. The three reactants are combined with the analyte and formed a two-sited immuno-complex. Illumination of the complex released singlet oxygen atoms from the donor beads, which are channeled into the acceptor beads and triggered chemiluminescence which is measured in an Envision plate reader. The amount of light is proportional to the concentration of the compound.
  • After the blood sampling the rats are sacrificed under anaesthesia and the abdomen is opened to verify correct catheter placement.
  • The mean (n=4) plasma concentrations (pmol/l) are determined as a function of time. The ratio of plasma concentration (pmol/l) divided by the concentration of the dosing solution (μmol/l) is calculated for each treatment, and the results for t=30 min (30 minutes after the injection of the compound in the jejunum) are assessed (dose-corrected exposure at 30 min) as a surrogate measure of intestinal bioavailability. The dose-corrected exposure has been shown to correlate significantly with the actual bioavailability.
  • The results may be given as dose-corrected exposure at 30 min which refers to (the plasma concentration 30 minutes after injection of the compound in the jejunum (pM)), divided by (the concentration of the compound in the dosing solution (pM)).
  • Example 16 Pharmacokinetics in Minipigs
  • The purpose of this study is to determine the protraction in vivo of the GLP-1 receptor agonist derivatives after i.v. administration to minipigs, i.e. the prolongation of their time of action. This is done in a pharmacokinetic (PK) study, where the terminal half-life of the derivative in question is determined. By terminal half-life is generally meant the period of time it takes to halve a certain plasma concentration, measured after the initial distribution phase.
  • Male Göttingen minipigs obtained from Ellegaard Göttingen Minipigs (Dalmose, Denmark) approximately 7-14 months of age and weighing from approximately 16-35 kg are used in the studies. The minipigs are housed individually and fed restrictedly once or twice daily with SDS minipig diet (Special Diets Services, Essex, UK). After at least 2 weeks of acclimatisation two permanent central venous catheters are implanted in vena cava caudalis or cranialis in each animal. The animals are allowed 1 week recovery after the surgery, and are then used for repeated pharmacokinetic studies with a suitable wash-out period between dosings.
  • The animals are fasted for approximately 18 h before dosing and for at least 4 h after dosing, but had ad libitum access to water during the whole period.
  • The compounds are dissolved in 50 mM sodium phosphate, 145 mM sodium chloride, 0.05% tween 80, pH 7.4 to a concentration of usually from 20-60 nmol/ml. Intravenous injections (the volume corresponding to usually 1-2 nmol/kg, for example 0.033 ml/kg) of the compounds are given through a catheter, and blood is sampled at predefined time points for up till 13 days post dosing (preferably through the other catheter). Blood samples (for example 0.8 ml) are collected in EDTA buffer (8 mM) and then centrifuged at 4° C. and 1942G for 10 minutes. Plasma is pippetted into Micronic tubes on dry ice, and kept at −20° C. until analyzed for plasma concentration of the respective GLP-1 compound using ELISA or a similar antibody based assay or LC-MS. Individual plasma concentration-time profiles are analyzed by a non-compartmental model in WinNonlin v. 5.0 (Pharsight Inc., Mountain View, Calif., USA), and the resulting terminal half-lives (harmonic mean) determined.
  • While certain features of the invention have been illustrated and described herein, many modifications, substitutions, changes, and equivalents will now occur to those of ordinary skill in the art. It is, therefore, to be understood that the appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications and changes as fall within the true spirit of the invention.

Claims (21)

1. A GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide having the formula Chem. 1:

Y—Z—P,  Chem 1
wherein
P represents a fragment of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide lacking the two N-terminal amino acid residues;
Z represents a group of the formula Chem. 2:
Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00042
wherein
W represents a group of formula Chem. 3:
Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00043
wherein
R1 and R2 independently represent
(i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or
R1 and R2 together form
(ii) cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl, with the proviso that
(iii) R1 and R2 do not both represent hydrogen; and
Y represents a group of formula Chem. 4 or Chem. 5:
Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00044
wherein
X1 is N, O, or S; X2, X3, X4, and X5 independently represent C, or N, with the proviso that at least one of X2, X3, X4 and X5 is C;
R11, R12, R13, and R14 independently represent
hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl;
Q represents a bond, or a group of formula Chem. 6:

*—(C(R15)(R16))q—*  Chem. 6
wherein
q is 1-6, and
R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl; and
R represents hydrogen, or alkyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
2. A GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide selected from the following:
(i) N9-[-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Lys18,Glu22,Gln34]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide;
(ii) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[His31,Gln34]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide;
(iii) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1(9-37)-Glu38-peptide amide;
(iv) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)propylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1(9-37)Glu38-peptide amide;
(v) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Glu30,Lys36]GLP-1(9-37)-Glu38-peptide amide;
(vi) N3-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-methylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Arg17,Arg20,Arg33,Lys38]GLP-1A(3-37)-peptide;
(vii) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Arg34,Lys37]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide;
(iix) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}[Arg34,Lys37]GLP-1(9-37)Glu38-peptide;
(ix) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}-[Arg34, Lys37]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide;
(x) N9-{2-[2-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methyl-propionyl}[Arg34]GLP-1(9-37)-peptide; and
(xii) N9-[2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-3-(pyridin-2-ylmethylamino)propanoyl]-[Arg34,Lys37]-GLP-1-(9-37)-peptide;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
3. A derivative of a peptide of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
4. The derivative of claim 3 which has an albumin binding moiety attached to a lysine residue of the peptide.
5. The derivative of claim 4, in which the albumin binding moiety comprises a protracting moiety selected from Chem. 8, Chem. 9, and Chem. 10:

HOOC—(CH2)x—CO—*  Chem. 8

HOOC—C6H4—O—(CH2)y—CO—*  Chem. 9

R18—C6H4—(CH2)z—CO—*  Chem. 10
in which x is an integer in the range of 6-18, y is an integer in the range of 3-17, z is an integer in the range of 1-5, and R18 is a group having a molar mass not higher than 150 Da.
6. The derivative of claim 5, wherein the albumin binding moiety further comprises a linker selected from Chem. 11, Chem. 12, Chem. 13, and Chem. 14:

*—NH—CH2—CH2—(O—CH2—CH2)k—O—(CH2)n—CO—*  Chem. 11

*—NH—C(COOH)—(CH2)2—CO—*  Chem. 12

*—N—C((CH2)2COOH)—CO—*  Chem. 13

*—NC5H8—CO—*  Chem. 14
wherein k is an integer in the range of 1-5, and n is an integer in the range of 1-5.
7. A derivative of a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide selected from the following: Chem. 30, Chem. 31, Chem. 32, Chem. 33, Chem. 34, Chem. 35, Chem. 36, Chem. 37, Chem. 38, Chem. 39, and Chem. 41; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
8. An intermediate compound of the formula Chem. 50 or Chem. 51:
Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00045
wherein Q represents a bond, or a group of formula Chem. 6:

—(C(R15)(R16))q—,  Chem. 6
wherein q is 1-6, and R15 and R16 independently of each other and independently for each value of q represent hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyl, or hydroxyl;
R represents hydrogen, or alkyl;
R1 and R2 independently represent (i) hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxylalkyl, cyano, amino, aminoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxamide, substituted carboxamide, alkyl ester, aryl ester, alkyl sulfonyl, or aryl sulfonyl, or (ii) R1 and R2 together form cyclo alkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and
each of PG1 and PG2 represents a protection group;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or amide thereof.
9. An intermediate compound selected from Chem. 23, Chem. 24, Chem. 25, Chem. 26, Chem. 27, Chem. 28, and Chem. 29;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof, where
Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00046
Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00047
10. The compound of Chem. 40: N9-(5-oxo-5-phenylpentanoyl), Nε26-[2-[2-[2-[[2-[2-[2-[[(4S)-4-carboxy-4-(17-carboxyheptadecanoylamino)butanoyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]acetyl]amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]acetyl]-[Arg34]-GLP-1-(9-37)-peptide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
11. A peptide intermediate product, which is selected from
a) the following analogues of GLP-1(9-37) (SEQ ID NO: 1): (i) (18K, 22E, 34Q); (ii) (30E, 36K, 38E); (iii) (31H, 34Q); (iv) 34R; (v) (34R, 37K); and (vi) (34R, 37K, 38E); and
b) the following analogue of GLP-1A(3-37) (SEQ ID NO: 3): (17R, 20R, 33R, 38K);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof
12-15. (canceled)
16. A derivative of a peptide of claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide, or ester thereof.
17. The derivative of claim 16 which has an albumin binding moiety attached to a lysine residue of the peptide.
18. The derivative of claim 17, in which the albumin binding moiety comprises a protracting moiety selected from Chem. 8, Chem. 9, and Chem. 10:

HOOC—(CH2)x—CO—*  Chem. 8

HOOC—C6H4—O—(CH2)y—CO—*  Chem. 9

R18—C6H4—(CH2)z—CO—*  Chem. 10
in which x is an integer in the range of 6-18, y is an integer in the range of 3-17, z is an integer in the range of 1-5, and R18 is a group having a molar mass not higher than 150 Da.
19. The derivative of claim 18, wherein the albumin binding moiety further comprises a linker selected from Chem. 11, Chem. 12, Chem. 13, and Chem. 14:

*—NH—CH2—CH2—(O—CH2—CH2)k—O—(CH2)n—CO—*  Chem. 11

*—NH—C(COOH)—(CH2)2—CO—*  Chem. 12

*—N—C((CH2)2COOH)—CO—*  Chem. 13

*—NC5H8—CO—*  Chem. 14
wherein k is an integer in the range of 1-5, and n is an integer in the range of 1-5.
20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
21. A method of treating diabetes in a subject in need of such treatment, said method comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of claim 20.
22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a GLP-1 receptor agonist peptide of claim 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
23. A method of treating diabetes in a subject in need of such treatment, said method comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of claim 22.
24. The derivative of claim 4, wherein the albumin binding moiety further comprises a linker selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20120329711A1-20121227-C00048
US13/516,311 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus Abandoned US20120329711A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/516,311 US20120329711A1 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP09179390.1 2009-12-16
EP09179390 2009-12-16
US28860109P 2009-12-21 2009-12-21
US13/516,311 US20120329711A1 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus
PCT/EP2010/069929 WO2011073328A1 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20120329711A1 true US20120329711A1 (en) 2012-12-27

Family

ID=41800497

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/970,196 Active 2031-02-02 US8648041B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives
US13/516,311 Abandoned US20120329711A1 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus
US13/516,312 Active US8815802B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 GLP-1 analogues and derivatives
US14/101,618 Active US9556250B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2013-12-10 Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/970,196 Active 2031-02-02 US8648041B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/516,312 Active US8815802B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2010-12-16 GLP-1 analogues and derivatives
US14/101,618 Active US9556250B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2013-12-10 Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives

Country Status (19)

Country Link
US (4) US8648041B2 (en)
EP (4) EP2512518A1 (en)
JP (5) JP5411366B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101817607B1 (en)
CN (6) CN104327182B (en)
AU (1) AU2010338387B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112012014475A8 (en)
CA (1) CA2784757A1 (en)
DK (1) DK2513140T3 (en)
ES (2) ES2561658T3 (en)
HU (1) HUE027229T2 (en)
IL (1) IL219945A (en)
MX (1) MX2012006634A (en)
PL (1) PL2513140T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2513140E (en)
RU (1) RU2559540C2 (en)
TW (1) TWI484974B (en)
WO (3) WO2011080103A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201204436B (en)

Families Citing this family (117)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2240155B1 (en) 2008-02-13 2012-06-06 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc Devices, formulations, and methods for delivery of multiple beneficial agents
ES2537287T3 (en) 2009-07-13 2015-06-05 Zealand Pharma A/S Acylated glucagon analogs
KR101823699B1 (en) 2009-09-28 2018-01-30 인타르시아 세라퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Rapid establishment and/or termination of substantial steady-state drug delivery
EP2512518A1 (en) * 2009-12-16 2012-10-24 Novo Nordisk A/S Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus
EP2637698B1 (en) 2010-11-09 2022-04-20 Novo Nordisk A/S Double-acylated glp-1 derivatives
MX345501B (en) 2010-12-16 2017-02-02 Novo Nordisk As Solid compositions comprising a glp-1 agonist and a salt of n-(8-(2-hydroxybenzoyl)amino)caprylic acid.
US20120208755A1 (en) * 2011-02-16 2012-08-16 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions, Devices and Methods of Use Thereof for the Treatment of Cancers
MX355361B (en) 2011-04-12 2018-04-17 Novo Nordisk As Double-acylated glp-1 derivatives.
EP2734239A2 (en) 2011-07-18 2014-05-28 Arts Biologics A/S Long acting luteinizing hormone (lh) compound
CN107266558A (en) * 2011-09-06 2017-10-20 诺沃—诺迪斯克有限公司 The derivatives of GLP 1
CN104011064A (en) 2011-12-29 2014-08-27 诺沃—诺迪斯克有限公司 Dipeptide comprising a non-proteogenic amino acid
JP6300735B2 (en) * 2012-03-01 2018-03-28 ノヴォ ノルディスク アー/エス GLP-1 prodrug
MY171146A (en) 2012-03-22 2019-09-27 Novo Nordisk As Compositions of glp-1 peptides and preparation thereof
HUE042757T2 (en) 2012-03-22 2019-07-29 Novo Nordisk As Compositions comprising a delivery agent and preparation thereof
EP2844669B1 (en) 2012-05-03 2018-08-01 Zealand Pharma A/S Gip-glp-1 dual agonist compounds and methods
EP2846824B1 (en) * 2012-05-08 2017-04-05 Novo Nordisk A/S Double-acylated glp-1 derivatives
WO2013167454A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 Novo Nordisk A/S Double-acylated glp-1 derivatives
EP2851429B1 (en) 2012-05-18 2019-07-24 Adda Biotech Inc. Protein and protein conjugate for diabetes treatment, and applications thereof
EP2863895B1 (en) 2012-06-20 2021-04-14 Novo Nordisk A/S Tablet formulation comprising a peptide and a delivery agent
US9764003B2 (en) 2012-07-01 2017-09-19 Novo Nordisk A/S Use of long-acting GLP-1 peptides
AU2013295035B2 (en) 2012-07-23 2017-08-03 Zealand Pharma A/S Glucagon analogues
FR2994848B1 (en) 2012-08-30 2014-08-22 Univ Paris Curie TREATMENT OF ARTHROSIS BY INCRETINED HORMONES OR THEIR ANALOGUES
TWI608013B (en) 2012-09-17 2017-12-11 西蘭製藥公司 Glucagon analogues
UA116217C2 (en) 2012-10-09 2018-02-26 Санофі Exendin-4 derivatives as dual glp1/glucagon agonists
WO2014067084A1 (en) * 2012-10-31 2014-05-08 深圳翰宇药业股份有限公司 Method for preparing exenatide
CN104902920A (en) 2012-12-21 2015-09-09 赛诺菲 Exendin-4 derivatives as dual GLP1/GIP or trigonal GLP1/GIP/glucagon agonists
CA2910903A1 (en) * 2013-05-02 2014-11-06 Novo Nordisk A/S Oral dosing of glp-1 compounds
KR20160021183A (en) * 2013-06-20 2016-02-24 노보 노르디스크 에이/에스 Glp-1 derivatives and uses thereof
AU2014286234A1 (en) * 2013-07-04 2015-12-17 Novo Nordisk A/S Derivatives of GLP-1 like peptides, and uses thereof
EP3033112B1 (en) 2013-08-15 2020-10-07 Novo Nordisk A/S Glp-1 derivatives, and uses thereof
KR102302634B1 (en) 2013-09-13 2021-09-14 더 스크립스 리서치 인스티튜트 Modified therapeutic agents and compositions thereof
RS57632B1 (en) 2013-10-17 2018-11-30 Zealand Pharma As Acylated glucagon analogues
US9988429B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2018-06-05 Zealand Pharma A/S Glucagon analogues
EP3066117B1 (en) 2013-11-06 2019-01-02 Zealand Pharma A/S Glucagon-glp-1-gip triple agonist compounds
AU2014345569B2 (en) 2013-11-06 2020-08-13 Zealand Pharma A/S GIP-GLP-1 dual agonist compounds and methods
CA2932477C (en) 2013-12-06 2023-10-10 Baikang (Suzhou) Co., Ltd Bioreversable promoieties for nitrogen-containing and hydroxyl-containing drugs
TW201609795A (en) 2013-12-13 2016-03-16 賽諾菲公司 EXENDIN-4 peptide analogues as dual GLP-1/GIP receptor agonists
EP3080149A1 (en) 2013-12-13 2016-10-19 Sanofi Dual glp-1/glucagon receptor agonists
WO2015086730A1 (en) 2013-12-13 2015-06-18 Sanofi Non-acylated exendin-4 peptide analogues
WO2015086729A1 (en) 2013-12-13 2015-06-18 Sanofi Dual glp-1/gip receptor agonists
AU2014364589B2 (en) 2013-12-18 2020-02-27 The California Institute For Biomedical Research Modified therapeutic agents, stapled peptide lipid conjugates, and compositions thereof
TW201625670A (en) 2014-04-07 2016-07-16 賽諾菲公司 Dual GLP-1/glucagon receptor agonists derived from EXENDIN-4
EP3129041B1 (en) * 2014-04-07 2019-06-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Double-acylated glp-1 compounds
TW201625668A (en) 2014-04-07 2016-07-16 賽諾菲公司 Exendin-4 derivatives as peptidic dual GLP-1/glucagon receptor agonists
TW201625669A (en) 2014-04-07 2016-07-16 賽諾菲公司 Peptidic dual GLP-1/glucagon receptor agonists derived from Exendin-4
ES2750556T3 (en) 2014-06-12 2020-03-26 Ra Pharmaceuticals Inc Complement activity modulation
US9932381B2 (en) 2014-06-18 2018-04-03 Sanofi Exendin-4 derivatives as selective glucagon receptor agonists
US9889085B1 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-02-13 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Therapeutic methods for the treatment of diabetes and related conditions for patients with high baseline HbA1c
EP3985016A1 (en) 2014-10-29 2022-04-20 Zealand Pharma A/S Gip agonist compounds and methods
CN106999602B (en) * 2014-11-27 2022-02-01 诺和诺德股份有限公司 GLP-1 derivatives and uses thereof
EP3233898A1 (en) 2014-12-17 2017-10-25 Novo Nordisk A/S Glp-1 derivatives and uses thereof
US9937222B2 (en) 2015-01-28 2018-04-10 Ra Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of complement activity
EP3250191B1 (en) * 2015-01-29 2024-01-17 Novo Nordisk A/S Tablets comprising glp-1 agonist and enteric coating
US20180263915A1 (en) * 2015-01-29 2018-09-20 Novo Nordisk A/S Pharmaceutical Composition for Oral GLP-1 Administration Comprising a Tablet Core and Immediate Release Coating
EP3283507B8 (en) 2015-04-16 2019-11-13 Zealand Pharma A/S Acylated glucagon analogue
US10925639B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2021-02-23 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant placement and removal systems
CA2988306A1 (en) 2015-06-05 2016-12-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Triazoles for the treatment of demyelinating diseases
AR105319A1 (en) 2015-06-05 2017-09-27 Sanofi Sa PROPHARMS THAT INCLUDE A DUAL AGONIST GLU-1 / GLUCAGON CONJUGATE HIALURONIC ACID CONNECTOR
EP3319968A1 (en) 2015-07-06 2018-05-16 Rodin Therapeutics, Inc. Heterobicyclic n-aminophenyl-amides as inhibitors of histone deacetylase
RS62639B1 (en) 2015-07-06 2021-12-31 Alkermes Inc Hetero-halo inhibitors of histone deacetylase
AR105284A1 (en) 2015-07-10 2017-09-20 Sanofi Sa DERIVATIVES OF EXENDINA-4 AS SPECIFIC DUAL PEPTIDE AGONISTS OF GLP-1 / GLUCAGÓN RECEPTORS
CN106496322A (en) * 2015-09-07 2017-03-15 江苏恒瑞医药股份有限公司 The preparation method of the acylated derivatives of insulin human or its analog
EP4442314A2 (en) * 2015-10-28 2024-10-09 Tufts University Novel polypeptides with improved proteolytic stability, and methods of preparing and using same
PT3685847T (en) 2015-12-16 2023-03-14 Ra Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulators of complement activity
GB2551945B (en) * 2015-12-18 2021-09-08 Heptares Therapeutics Ltd Novel GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides
ES2835033T3 (en) 2016-03-03 2021-06-21 Novo Nordisk As GLP-1 derivatives and their uses
KR102574993B1 (en) 2016-05-16 2023-09-06 인타르시아 세라퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Glucagon-receptor selective polypeptides and methods of use thereof
USD860451S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2019-09-17 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant removal tool
USD840030S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2019-02-05 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant placement guide
CN107561168A (en) * 2016-06-30 2018-01-09 山东新时代药业有限公司 A kind of analyzing detecting method of Pegylation insulin secretion accelerating peptide analog
EP3534962B1 (en) 2016-11-07 2020-08-19 Novo Nordisk A/S Dchbs-active esters of peg compounds and their use
WO2018106643A1 (en) 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic azoles for the treatment of demyelinating diseases
WO2018106641A1 (en) 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazoles for the treatment of demyelinating diseases
WO2018106646A1 (en) 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminotriazoles for the treatment of demyelinating diseases
EP3551210A1 (en) 2016-12-07 2019-10-16 RA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of complement activity
KR20190104039A (en) 2017-01-03 2019-09-05 인타르시아 세라퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Methods Including Continuous Administration of GLP-1 Receptor Agonists and Co-administration of Drugs
RS62959B1 (en) 2017-01-11 2022-03-31 Alkermes Inc Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
FR3061715B1 (en) * 2017-01-12 2021-07-30 Institut National Univ Jean Francois Champollion PEPTIDE IMMUNOMODULATOR
KR20190126335A (en) * 2017-03-08 2019-11-11 인타르시아 세라퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Apparatus and Methods for Administering Nausea-Inducing Compounds from Drug Delivery Devices
TWI797133B (en) 2017-06-09 2023-04-01 丹麥商諾佛 儂迪克股份有限公司 Solid compositions for oral administration
MD3664802T2 (en) 2017-08-07 2022-07-31 Alkermes Inc Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
AR112480A1 (en) 2017-08-24 2019-10-30 Novo Nordisk As COMPOSITIONS OF GLP-1 AND ITS USES
WO2019057087A1 (en) * 2017-09-19 2019-03-28 Chang Tse Wen Pharmaceutical constructs with enhanced binding affinity with albumin
JP7148605B2 (en) 2017-10-12 2022-10-05 ノヴォ ノルディスク アー/エス Semaglutide in medical therapy
KR102647171B1 (en) 2018-02-02 2024-03-15 노보 노르디스크 에이/에스 Solid composition comprising a GLP-1 agonist and a salt of N-(8-(2-hydroxybenzoyl)amino)caprylic acid
KR20200141469A (en) 2018-04-05 2020-12-18 썬 파마슈티칼 인더스트리스 리미티드 Novel GLP-1 analog
MA52483A (en) 2018-05-04 2021-03-10 Novo Nordisk As GIP DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USES
TWI829687B (en) 2018-05-07 2024-01-21 丹麥商諾佛 儂迪克股份有限公司 Solid compositions comprising a glp-1 agonist and a salt of n-(8-(2-hydroxybenzoyl)amino)caprylic acid
CN109111361A (en) * 2018-10-08 2019-01-01 扬州工业职业技术学院 A kind of method that one-step method efficiently prepares the dodecyl diacid list tert-butyl ester
CN109134257A (en) * 2018-10-08 2019-01-04 扬州工业职业技术学院 A kind of method of the two-step method preparation high-purity dodecyl diacid list tert-butyl ester
WO2020118843A1 (en) * 2018-12-12 2020-06-18 四川利通科创生物医药科技有限公司 Glp-1 mutant, preparation method and application thereof
JP7560467B2 (en) 2019-01-24 2024-10-02 ノヴォ ノルディスク アー/エス Roller Compactor and Method of Dry Granulation Using Roller Compactor
EP3930757A1 (en) 2019-03-01 2022-01-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods and compositions for protein delivery
WO2020205409A1 (en) 2019-04-03 2020-10-08 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Ionic liquids for drug delivery
WO2021070202A1 (en) * 2019-10-09 2021-04-15 Prasad Alaparthi Lakshmi A method for preparing glp-1 analogue by solid-phase peptide synthesis
BR112022007721A2 (en) 2019-11-06 2022-07-12 Novo Nordisk As METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF DEMENTIA
WO2021089752A1 (en) 2019-11-07 2021-05-14 Novo Nordisk A/S Solid compositions comprising a glp-1 agonist, an sglt2 inhibitor and a salt of n-(8-(2-hydroxybenzoyl)amino)caprylic acid
IL293145A (en) 2019-11-22 2022-07-01 Harvard College Ionic liquids for drug delivery
EP4085077A4 (en) 2019-12-31 2024-01-17 Beijing QL Biopharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Fusion proteins of glp-1 and gdf15 and conjugates thereof
AU2021208601A1 (en) 2020-02-18 2022-07-28 Novo Nordisk A/S Glp-1 compositions and uses thereof
EP4142695A1 (en) 2020-04-29 2023-03-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Solid compositions comprising a glp-1 agonist and histidine
WO2021239082A1 (en) * 2020-05-29 2021-12-02 北京拓界生物医药科技有限公司 Dual-agonist compound for both glp-1 and gip receptors and application thereof
EP4181946A1 (en) * 2020-07-18 2023-05-24 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Improved purification process of semaglutide
TWI801942B (en) 2020-07-22 2023-05-11 丹麥商諾佛 儂迪克股份有限公司 Co-agonists at glp-1 and gip receptors suitable for oral delivery
EP4222176A4 (en) * 2020-09-30 2024-02-28 Beijing QL Biopharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Polypeptide conjugates and methods of uses
JP7484018B2 (en) 2020-11-06 2024-05-15 ノヴォ ノルディスク アー/エス GLP-1 PRODRUGS AND USES THEREOF
JP7554928B2 (en) * 2020-12-18 2024-09-20 ノヴォ ノルディスク アー/エス GLP-1 and amylin receptor coagonists
CN114685644A (en) * 2020-12-29 2022-07-01 苏州康宁杰瑞生物科技有限公司 Human GLP-1 polypeptide variant and application thereof
WO2022175384A1 (en) * 2021-02-17 2022-08-25 Fundación Universidad Católica De Valencia San Vicente Mártir Small-molecule agents with antiviral activity against rna viruses
WO2023012263A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2023-02-09 Novo Nordisk A/S Solid oral peptide formulations
IL311885A (en) 2021-10-08 2024-06-01 Harvard College Ionic liquids for drug delivery
TW202330584A (en) 2022-01-20 2023-08-01 丹麥商諾佛 儂迪克股份有限公司 Prodrugs and uses thereof
TW202346324A (en) 2022-05-10 2023-12-01 丹麥商諾佛 儂迪克股份有限公司 Prodrugs and uses thereof
WO2024003313A1 (en) 2022-06-30 2024-01-04 Sanofi New peptides as selective il-23 receptor antagonists
CN115785249B (en) * 2022-10-13 2023-07-21 江苏师范大学 GLP-1 analogues and application thereof
TW202421645A (en) 2022-11-25 2024-06-01 丹麥商諾佛 儂迪克股份有限公司 Oral administration of peptide therapeutics, such as glp-1
WO2024141760A1 (en) 2022-12-30 2024-07-04 Algipharma As Compositions and methods to increase the systemic bioavailability of a polypeptide therapeutic agent undergoing oral administration

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004067548A2 (en) * 2003-01-31 2004-08-12 Theratechnologies Inc. Chemically modified metabolites of regulatory peptides and methods of producing and using same
WO2005121090A1 (en) * 2004-06-02 2005-12-22 Abbott Laboratories Substituted piperidines that have antiangiogenic activity
WO2006097537A2 (en) * 2005-03-18 2006-09-21 Novo Nordisk A/S Acylated glp-1 compounds

Family Cites Families (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ATE164852T1 (en) * 1990-01-24 1998-04-15 Douglas I Buckley GLP-1 ANALOGUE USABLE IN DIABETES TREATMENT
US5545618A (en) 1990-01-24 1996-08-13 Buckley; Douglas I. GLP-1 analogs useful for diabetes treatment
US5336782A (en) 1991-04-24 1994-08-09 Kuraray Co., Ltd. Long chain carboxylic acid imide ester
US5512549A (en) 1994-10-18 1996-04-30 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like insulinotropic peptide analogs, compositions, and methods of use
US5869602A (en) 1995-03-17 1999-02-09 Novo Nordisk A/S Peptide derivatives
DE122009000079I2 (en) * 1996-08-30 2011-06-16 Novo Nordisk As Novo Alle GLP-1 DERIVATIVES
US6458924B2 (en) 1996-08-30 2002-10-01 Novo Nordisk A/S Derivatives of GLP-1 analogs
EP1062240B1 (en) * 1998-02-27 2010-04-28 Novo Nordisk A/S N-terminally modified glp-1 derivatives
JP2002512175A (en) * 1998-02-27 2002-04-23 ノボ ノルディスク アクティーゼルスカブ Derivatives of GLP-1 analogs
EP1056774A1 (en) 1998-02-27 2000-12-06 Novo Nordisk A/S N-terminally truncated glp-1 derivatives
EP1306091A3 (en) 1998-07-31 2003-05-21 Novo Nordisk A/S Stimulation of beta cell proliferation
MY155270A (en) 1998-09-24 2015-09-30 Lilly Co Eli Use of glp-1 or analogs in treatment of stroke
NZ534125A (en) 2002-02-20 2006-11-30 Emisphere Tech Inc A formulation comprising a GLP-1 compound and a delivery agent
CA2518336A1 (en) 2003-03-19 2004-11-04 Eli Lilly And Company Polyethelene glycol link glp-1 compounds
US20070161087A1 (en) 2003-05-29 2007-07-12 Wolfgang Glaesner Glp-1 fusion proteins
WO2005014035A2 (en) * 2003-08-08 2005-02-17 Novo Nordisk Health Care Ag Use of galactose oxidase for selective chemical conjugation of protractor molecules to proteins of therapeutic interest
BRPI0414539B8 (en) 2003-09-19 2021-05-25 Novo Nordisk As compound, pharmaceutical composition, and use of a compound
AU2004298424A1 (en) 2003-12-18 2005-06-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel GLP-1 compounds
BRPI0417684A (en) 2003-12-18 2007-03-20 Novo Nordisk As compound, pharmaceutical composition, and use of a compound
US20060286129A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2006-12-21 Emisphere Technologies, Inc. Oral GLP-1 formulations
BRPI0512988A (en) 2004-07-08 2008-04-22 Novo Nordisk As method for increasing the plasma half-life of a molecule, compound, use thereof, and pharmaceutical composition
JP4933455B2 (en) * 2005-02-02 2012-05-16 ノヴォ ノルディスク アー/エス New insulin derivatives
JP2008531059A (en) * 2005-03-04 2008-08-14 バイオレクシス ファーマシューティカル コーポレーション Modified transferrin fusion protein
AU2006224537A1 (en) * 2005-03-18 2006-09-21 Novo Nordisk A/S Extended GLP-1 compounds
DE602006017202D1 (en) 2005-05-13 2010-11-11 Lilly Co Eli PEGYLATED GLP-1 COMPOUNDS
AU2006249869A1 (en) * 2005-05-26 2006-11-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company N-terminally modified GLP-1 receptor modulators
CA2649751A1 (en) 2006-04-20 2007-11-01 Amgen Inc. Glp-1 compound/glucagon antibody compositions
RU2451029C2 (en) * 2006-05-09 2012-05-20 Ново Нордиск А/С Insulin derivative
US8796205B2 (en) 2006-05-09 2014-08-05 Novo Nordisk A/S Insulin derivative
US20090098130A1 (en) * 2007-01-05 2009-04-16 Bradshaw Curt W Glucagon-like protein-1 receptor (glp-1r) agonist compounds
EP2514406A1 (en) 2007-06-01 2012-10-24 Novo Nordisk A/S Spontaneously dispersible preconcentrates including a peptide drug in a solid or semisolid carrier
WO2008154619A1 (en) * 2007-06-12 2008-12-18 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Methods for detecting protein in plasma
US20100261637A1 (en) * 2007-09-05 2010-10-14 Novo Nordisk A/S Peptides derivatized with a-b-c-d- and their therapeutical use
CN101868476B (en) 2007-09-05 2015-02-25 诺沃-诺迪斯克有限公司 Glucagon-like peptide-1 derivatives and their pharmaceutical use
US20100317057A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2010-12-16 Novo Nordisk A/S Semi-recombinant preparation of glp-1 analogues
US8637647B2 (en) 2008-09-12 2014-01-28 Novo Nordisk A/S Method of acylating a peptide or protein
NZ592226A (en) 2008-10-15 2012-12-21 Bayer Cropscience Ag Use of dithiin tetracarboximides for treating phytopathogenic fungi for protecting plants
CN101463081B (en) 2009-01-12 2012-07-04 华东师范大学 GLP-1 derivative
AR077956A1 (en) 2009-09-14 2011-10-05 Bayer Cropscience Ag COMBINATIONS OF ACTIVE COMPOUNDS
EP2512518A1 (en) * 2009-12-16 2012-10-24 Novo Nordisk A/S Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus
MX355361B (en) 2011-04-12 2018-04-17 Novo Nordisk As Double-acylated glp-1 derivatives.

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004067548A2 (en) * 2003-01-31 2004-08-12 Theratechnologies Inc. Chemically modified metabolites of regulatory peptides and methods of producing and using same
WO2005121090A1 (en) * 2004-06-02 2005-12-22 Abbott Laboratories Substituted piperidines that have antiangiogenic activity
WO2006097537A2 (en) * 2005-03-18 2006-09-21 Novo Nordisk A/S Acylated glp-1 compounds

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Murage, Search for a-helical propensity in the receptor-bound conformation of glucagon-like peptide-1, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 16:10106-10112, 2008 *
Rawalay, Oxidation of Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Amines with Neutral Permanganate. A Simple Method for Degrading Amines to Aldehydes and Ketones, J. Org. Chem. 1967, 32(10): 3129-3131 *
Travis, Facile Oxidation of Aldehydes to Acids and Esters with Oxone, Organic Letters, 2003, 5(7): 1031-1034 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104311657B (en) 2020-12-08
BR112012014475A2 (en) 2018-04-24
BR112012014475A8 (en) 2018-07-03
EP2513141B1 (en) 2017-03-01
PL2513140T3 (en) 2016-04-29
RU2559540C2 (en) 2015-08-10
CN111560060A (en) 2020-08-21
ES2561658T3 (en) 2016-02-29
EP2513141A2 (en) 2012-10-24
WO2011080103A1 (en) 2011-07-07
TW201127396A (en) 2011-08-16
EP2513140B1 (en) 2015-11-04
ZA201204436B (en) 2013-08-28
JP2016094473A (en) 2016-05-26
JP2013514324A (en) 2013-04-25
US20110166321A1 (en) 2011-07-07
CN102686607A (en) 2012-09-19
PT2513140E (en) 2016-03-11
CN104327182B (en) 2020-04-17
JP6006118B2 (en) 2016-10-12
CN102791731A (en) 2012-11-21
US8815802B2 (en) 2014-08-26
EP2513140A1 (en) 2012-10-24
JP5411366B2 (en) 2014-02-12
DK2513140T3 (en) 2016-01-18
EP3000482B1 (en) 2021-04-21
AU2010338387A1 (en) 2012-05-31
RU2012128547A (en) 2014-01-27
IL219945A (en) 2016-12-29
IL219945A0 (en) 2012-07-31
MX2012006634A (en) 2012-06-21
CN102791731B (en) 2016-04-20
CN104311657A (en) 2015-01-28
JP2013514322A (en) 2013-04-25
CN102686607B (en) 2014-10-29
CN102655883A (en) 2012-09-05
JP6194176B2 (en) 2017-09-06
ES2625735T3 (en) 2017-07-20
WO2011080102A2 (en) 2011-07-07
EP3000482A1 (en) 2016-03-30
KR20120103650A (en) 2012-09-19
JP2013144684A (en) 2013-07-25
TWI484974B (en) 2015-05-21
US20140179899A1 (en) 2014-06-26
CA2784757A1 (en) 2011-07-07
HUE027229T2 (en) 2016-08-29
AU2010338387B2 (en) 2014-10-23
EP2512518A1 (en) 2012-10-24
CN104327182A (en) 2015-02-04
WO2011080102A3 (en) 2011-09-09
US20130053311A1 (en) 2013-02-28
US8648041B2 (en) 2014-02-11
US9556250B2 (en) 2017-01-31
JP2013514323A (en) 2013-04-25
WO2011073328A1 (en) 2011-06-23
KR101817607B1 (en) 2018-01-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11117947B2 (en) Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives
US20120329711A1 (en) Glp-1 receptor agonist compounds with a modified n-terminus
US11518795B2 (en) Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives
US9006178B2 (en) Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives with a linker
US11274135B2 (en) Double-acylated GLP-1 derivatives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: NOVO NORDISK A/S, DENMARK

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KODRA, JANOS TIBOR;MADSEN, JOHNNY;GARIBAY, PATRICK WILLIAM;SIGNING DATES FROM 20120820 TO 20120904;REEL/FRAME:028899/0947

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: EXPRESSLY ABANDONED -- DURING EXAMINATION